AU " 0 . xVo.c O * j r^ *P a I o.. >0°, cj o. ^ \ ^ #• ,-x* "oo ^ 0° /tO v- ';'■■'' ';v*> ■-' A<^ X0^. ^o ^b -p, ■S> - o -^

Y G V1 .\0 v* 0 V ^ Jy00^. ^o c- aV t/> aV _. tp >x z r.0v '"oO^ X0°,. % C ''^. vv ^ "> \V ,A aV . ^ 1> . ^ "b Gu *?i ^o r* ^ / l0cU> 0 X°°o c> 'O , <^ ■^r o ^ ^^' 4V ^ ^, z • jfr «? 'o (3 "OO^ A ^ .o-1 o x0°<. <^ X00^, V ,^ .0'' c\ ^oo^ C1 V s «^v ' f(. .i.V ~o V- ^ ,^r "^S- ^ •70 s\' ■ 0° ^Vv?fe,1/^ '/■ AV ^n V>^ ^ ^ ^ "^ Q. >, ,0' ' V W X -^ "oo^ x°°* "> %0 0 >%, -TO- < y „ . •* .A. \Qo* ^ -^ N* X°°o w W >, j* ^ o5 -n*. .^ ^ O0x x°°<. - ^ r< aV ^ x -<■ ,0' % $ "o "bo S 3 N ° ^, ^ v A, A . o N c "> ^ ^ ^ A, A . o N c A 0° O 0N x°°<. "OO^ ^ V ,** -V y v K ,i!=# ^ x^ ^^> \0 ^u "> Scanned from the collections of The Library of Congress AUDIO-VISUAL CONSERVATION at The LIBRARY/ CONGRESS Packard Campus for Audio Visual Conservation www.loc.gov/avconservation V is • o a 03 i 83 JANUARY VOLUME 38 40c A COPY 1963 NUMBER 1 $3.00 A YEAR Investment Opportunity He's going to be your best salesman thirty years from now. It's going to take a lot to make him that. A lot of care, a lot of love, a lot of training. A lot of money. The kind of world he grows up in is important too. A strong and free America will be essential to his future, as it is to ours right now. Our country needs investors, just as your own company does — to develop that star salesman of tomorrow, and thrifty, self-reliant employees today. That's why America's business leaders invite you to follow their lead in promot- ing the Treasury's Payroll Savings Plan for U.S. Savings Bonds. When you bring the Payroll Savings Plan into your plant — when you encourage your employees to enroll — you are investing in that salesman of thirty years from now. In the chemists who will develop your new products. In the weavers, puddlers, drillers, assemblers who will make the products. You are investing in America's human resources. In America's future. In freedom itself. Don't pass this investment opportunity by. Call your State Savings Bonds Director. Or write today to the Treasury Department, U.S. Savings Bonds Division, Washington 25, D. C. fS& Ve b** in your plant... promote the PAYROLL SAVINGS PLAN for U.S. SAVINGS BONDS The U. S. Government does not pay for this advertisement. The Treasury Department thanks, for their patriotism, The Advertising Council and this magazine. International Projectionist INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 January, 1963 No. 1 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher MIDWEST OFFICE 1645 Hennepin Avenue Minneapolis 3, Minnesota AL BLOOM Managing Editor RAY GALLO General Manager Associate Publisher EAST COAST OFFICE 545 Fifth Avenue New York 17, N. Y. Murray Hill 7-7746 TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor IN THIS ISSUE Projectionist News 4 Improvement of Theatres 5 By D. E. HYNDMAN Up-Dating the Disc Reproducer 6 By ROBERT A. MITCHELL Arc-Lamp Demonstrations 8 Automatic Projection1 14 News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co. division of The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6174, Minneapolis 24, Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA—McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United States, Canada, and U. S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5.00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.00 per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in signed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. 1 MONTHLY CHAT Lip Service to Good Projection The late Harold B. Franklin, when he was president of the West Coast Theatres, published a book on motion picture theatre management, which had this to say about projection. "Good projection is the heart of a motion picture the- atre. Without a clear picture, with proper intensity of light, all the management's efforts are in vain." In other words, no matter if the theatre owner picks and chooses from the available product supply those attractions suited to his patrons; the clean, attractive and comfortable surroundings; courteous service by the theatre personnel; effective exploitation and advertising in the city or community, all those efficient showman- ship things go out the window if the theatre does not have good projection, with up-to-date equipment for the craftsmen in the theatre's booth. Many progressive circuit heads and individual theatre owners have long agreed that without good projection the management, no matter how sufficient, is useless. And the reason we quoted Franklin about good pro- jection is because he rose through the ranks — usher to theatre manager to general manager of Shea's Theatres in Buffalo, to general manager of Publix Theatres and finally to president of West Coast Theatres. Still, many exhibitors who have out-dated equipment think they can go along buying expensive pictures — in these days theatres can't book low cost attractions — and the patrons are cheated out of the modern techniques the film maker puts in his picture at great cost. There's now a rising trend to build new theatres and do major remodeling of existing theatres, so that the old and neglected theatres with worn-out booth equip- ment will have to get new projectors, arc lamps, and sound systems or face dwindling patronage. So maybe the day will come for projectionists to have modern projectors, arc lamps, sound systems and all the necessary accessories — and the sooner the better. Of course the projectionist who works with old equipment will have to be on his toes, with the know- how about the up-to-date projectors, lamps and sound systems. The theatre owner, having spent thousands of dollars for new booth machines, has the right to demand that his projectionists operate the new equipment efficiently. The manufacturer or the dealer says the new equip- ment will get all the details out of the print, with a rock- steady picture, more light on the screen and with quality sound. So the theatre owner won't be satisfied unless it's the best picture he has ever seen, and will blame the projectionist if it isn't perfect. (Tlie projectionist crew should insist the installation man get things right, and give a demonstration to the exhibitor on screen. ) The theatre owner also has the right to ask the pro- jectionists to keep machines oiled, cleaned, with the proper maintenance for all the equipment in the booth. Rightly, the exhibitor expects the new equipment to last for years, otherwise he has a bad investment, for pro- jectors, lamps and sound systems are costly to buy. This is a challenge the top craftsman will relish. After all, the projectionist has great respect for his machines, because he well knows that without the efficient tools (Continued on Page 8) International Projectionist January, 1963 INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Volume 38 January, 1963 Number 1 Albert S. Johnstone Dies; Was IATSE Vice President NEW ORLEANS— Albert S. John- stone, fourth vicepresident of the IATSE, died Jan. 2 following surgery here. Although in poor health for several years, he had continued to handle a full schedule of union as- signments prior to entering a hospital several days before. A native and lifelong resident of New Orleans, Johnstone was edu- cated at a private high school there and at Tulane University. While still in school, he became a rewind boy at a movie house and later a projectionist. For two years begin- ning in 1928, he traveled for ERPI. the predecessor of Altec Service Corp., installing sound equipment and instructing in the use of it. A member of New Orleans Opera- tors Local 293 since 1914, he be- came secretary two years later and served as president almost continu- ously from 1919 until the time of his death. In the course of his career, which began when only two of the city's theatres were organized, agree- ments were reached with virtually all of them. Johnstone was appointed an IA international representative in 1943 and was elected a vicepresident in 1954. Survivors include his wife, Mary, and two daughters. iP Loew's Building Theatre in Suburb of Washington NEW YORK— Arthur M. Tolchin, assistant to the president of Loew's Theatres, announced here that his company is building an 800-seat sta- dium type theatre in Springfield, Va. ( a suburb of Washington, D. C. I . The new theatre will be erected in the Towers Plaza Shopping Center, located at Shirley Highway and Edsal Road. The theatre will be known as Loew's Springfield, with the latest developments in screen projection, sound reproduction and modern automatic air-conditioning. In addi- tion there will be substantial park- ing facilities. Loew's Springfield is expected to be ready for operation in early 1963. iP Projectionists Club Plays Santa For III Kiddies in N.Y Hospitals NEW YORK— Harry Garfman, the Brooklyn and Queens business repre- sentative of the M. P. Operator's Local No. 306, and members of the Movie Social Club of Kings County, spent their Christmas week visiting children's wards in Brooklyn pub- lic hospitals distributing toys and other gifts with presentations of movies and live entertainment to sick and needy youngsters. Harry Garfman of MPO 306 and youngsters in Brooklyn hospital wards. Garfman and the Club — made up of about 300 projectionists of Local 306 — have played Santa Claus for the 20th consecutive year to under- privileged children confined to hos- pitals. The Club, a humanitarian organiza- tion, in addition to their yearly Christmas effort, has conducted many fund-raising campaigns for juvenile illnesses. Its current effort is on behalf of Dr. Joseph B. Pincus, the director of the Department of Pediatrics of the Jewish Hospital. Dr. Pincus has recently established a clinic for the treatment of cystic fibrosis, diabetes, epilepsy and other dreaded child- hood diseases. Harry Garfman. who is executive director of the Movie Social Club, and the members of the Club, have a fund-raising campaign for the sup- port and enlargement of the clinic. iP Camera Mart Sets Up Film Editors Seminar NEW YORK — The first annual film editing workshop-seminar of the Camera Mart, a New York company specializing on sales, service and rentals of motion picture and televi- sion equipment, is set for Oct. 7-11, 1963, it was announced by Samuel "Chick" Hyman, president of the company. The workshop-seminar for film editors will concentrate on the spe- cialized film editing practices and problems encountered by industrial in-plant, university and government agency film editors. All aspects of film editing will be covered during the five-day pro- gram, through technical demonstra- tions, general lectures, workshop ses- sions on practice editing projects. In addition, participants will visit well known New York film editing facilities. Browning Memorial Award Mr. Hyman also announced the Camera Mart's sponsorship of the "Irving and Sam Browning Mem- orial Award" to promising univer- sity film production students. Par- ticipating in this award are the mo- tion picture departments of New York University, the City College of New York, and Columbia Univer- sity. The motion picture departments heads at each of these three uni- versities will designate the student they believe has shown the most promise. Each of the students chosen will be given an award by The Camera Mart worth $150 towards the rental of professional motion picture equipment. The first series of three awards will be granted in June. 1963. The award is a memorial for the two founders of The Camera Mart. Irving and Sam Browning. iP ELECTED FOR 26TH TIME NEW YORK— Morris J. Rotker. a projectionist for 51 years and now secretary to Judge Sidney H. Asch in the Bronx Municipal Court, has been reelected treasurer of his Mas- onic Lodge for the 26th time. iP International Projectionist January, 1963 HOW CAN MOTION PICTURE THEATERS BE IMPROVED? D. E. Hyndman, Assistant Vice President Eastman Kodak Co. In making suggestions to theater owners, I have the great advantage of not owning or operating a theater. This permits me to suggest almost anything that seems worthwhile without any financial penalties in case I am wrong. I hope you will keep my privileged position in mind throughout this article. Perhaps we might just pause for a moment and philosophize on the things that, I think, motivate atten- dance in motion-picture theatres. One of the great characteristics the motion picture has is its ability to transform one — in the twinkling of an eye — to another world. The min- ute you walk in off the street and sit down, you can forget what city you are in, what problems you have, what problems the world has, by identifying yourself with the activity on the screen. TV with its smaller screen and generally more distracting ambient atmosphere will never be able to do it. The very good mind can approach this with TV or by reading a good book but no medium can so engage the participant as the motion picture shown in a good theater. We might consider the advance of the motion-picture industry during the great 1932 depression. People flocked to see Dick Powell and Ruby Keeler in "42nd Street." They flock- ed in to achieve 90 minutes of relax- ing participation in someone else's escapades. The minute they walked off the streets they were in another world and the silver screen took them into this other world. People Want to be Absorbed During World War II the millions of men on duty around the world achieved a few minutes "Change of Pace" through the films that were shown to them — and they stood in line for a good long time to get into the over-crowded base theaters to do it. What I'm trying to say is that Ed. Note: Mr. Hyndman echoes the pleas of projectionists for lo these many years as he goes directly to the exhibi- tors at the National Allied convention in Cleveland. His remarks emphasize the need for updated theatres to per- mit the technicians to do the job re- quired of today's patron. International Projectionist people want to become completely absorbed with what is going on before them on the screen. Regard- less of their mental capabilities, the motion picture is capable of achiev- ing a sense of participation far greater than any other medium I am aware of. Theater owners must nuture this capability by presenting the film in its optimum manner. They must not place any roadblocks in the way of the theater goer that will impede his transformation from the harassed businessman, housewife, student, teen-ager or whatever he was when he walked in. If owners do throw these road- blocks in my way, they are going to lose me as a customer. I like movies and manage to see about a hundred or more every year. But I am selective as to the theater I attend. I don't like roadblocks — I don't like to break my bones finding a seat; I don't like to sit in a broken- down seat: I don't like to smell ran- cid butter and the like — nor does anyone else when he has paid for comfort. A theater must be a plea- sant place to congregate with others, with people who really want to go to the movies. Location is Important Sometimes the best way to improve a theater is a very radical one. It consists in moving it from an un- desirable location to a more suitable and promising location. Any owner who does this should carefully sur- vey possible theater locations in his town or city getting the best real- estate advice which is available. The theater should be placed near a modern and growing center of popu- lation. There are some strategic neighborhoods where large numbers of important apartments or housing developments are being erected. Being as close to these as possible is a good idea. Furthermore, shopping centers are often attractive locations for a new theater. A great many people are drawn to a shopping center. Many of them find that they have some time to spare and will drop into a theater to enjoy the show and rest their aching feet. A big plus in a shopping center is the large available parking area. January, 1963 But a successful theater requires more than a good location. It needs modern, efficient, and properly main- tained equipment. The best available projectors are excellent devices and capable of throwing a large, bright, and sharp, steady picture on a good- size screen. Economy in picture brightness or sharpness is indeed foolish since the picture is the major part of what the exhibitor has to sell his audience. The screen and its surroundings are also of major im- portance. Modern and capable theater architects surround the screen by framing, luminous or otherwise, in such fashion as to make the pic- ture blend into its surroundings thus increasing naturalness. This is also a good idea since the theater condi- tions are quite different from those in regular television viewing in the home. And theater exhibition should not resemble home entertainment if it is to attract a maximum audience. It is very important that the quality of sound in all parts of the house be excellent. This means that the theater, possibly with some new acoustic treatment, must have the right amount and type of reverbera- tion. Sound levels must not be too high — a common failing in many theaters. Speech and musical repro- duction must be of the highest quality even for people with somewhat im- paired hearing, so that they can understand all the dialogue and en- joy musical accompaniment. General Environment Should be Pleasant Needless to say, the refreshment section of the theater lobby should be attractive but not garish. And it 'should not give the theater an amusement-park atmosphere, but rather emphasize the comfort and convenience aspects. That is, it should be readily accessible, but not obstrusive. Particular care is required for the marquee, and lobby displays. Often these are "busy," fussy, and confus- ing. One main theme should be em- phasized and everything kept sub- ordinate in these displays so as to avoid confusing the prospective customer. The general environment in the (Continued on Page 18) Theatre Sound • • • Updating the Disc Reproducer By ROBERT A. MITCHELL Projectionists are no strangers to the use of phono- graph records for overture and intermission music in the theatre. The projectionist not only plays the records on a turntable in the projection room, but is usually responsible for selecting the appropriate musical Single groove of constant depth. MONAURAL Doubly modulated. ne signal on each side) STEREOPHONIC FIG. 1 — An ordinary phonograph record (monaural) has a constant-depth groove that varies from side to side in ac- cordance with the recorded sound vibrations. There is thus only one sound signal in the groove. A stereophonic record, on the other hand, carries one signal on one wall, of the groove and the other signal on the other wall, the two sets of variations being separated by an angle of 90 degrees. The combination of two channels of sound causes the depth as well as the lateral position of the groove to vary. 6 numbers to use with each film program that comes along. Recorded music is admittedly "canned," and hence lacking in the "immediacy" of live musicians per- forming in the orchestra pit, but it should be remem- bered that the motion-picture is itself canned entertain- ment in the sense that it has been pre-recorded and worked up into a finished product before being pre- sented to the public. There is thus no disparity in char- acter between the recorded music played before the motion-picture presentations, or during intermissions, and the audiovisual entertainment on the screen. The advantages of recorded music are its ready availability in the widest possible variety, its offerings of music played by accomplished artists employing the finest instrumental means, and its technical excellence when reproduced by suitable equipment through modern theatre sound systems. And compared with the cost of live talent, records are inexpensive. Incidental Music Indispensable Only the very largest theatres can afford an orches- tra in the pit or an organist to evoke musical magic from the pipes of the "Mighty Wurlitzer." Other the- atres must have recourse to recorded music for the pleasure of the audience and to establish the appropriate moods for maximum enjoyment of the pictures. A the- atre without music during the pre-show and intermis- sion invervals seems rather "barren" — an atmosphere too cold to encourage frequent attendance. Incidental music cannot be neglected by any theatre management that aims to please its patrons and remain in business. Phonograph records have been used in movie the- atres ever since the inception of the electrical process of recording and amplifying sound ( about 1925 ) . Silent movies reigned supreme in the '20's, but some of the very smallest theatres found it advantageous to substi- tute electrically amplified phonograph records and special musical transcriptions for the tinkling nickelo- deon piano. More prosperous theatres nevertheless re- tained "live" music because it could be perfectly keyed in mood and tempo to the action on the screen. This was particularly true of theatres having wondrous or- chestral pipe organs which ordinarily cost much more than the most expensive projection equipment. Indeed, the organ was so popular that it continued to be played during intermissions in many theatres long after talking International Projectionist January, 1963 oictures had banished the glamorous poetry of silent pantomime from the screen forever. Speech came to the screen with astonishing sudden- ness, and in two distinctly different media of sound re- cording. One form of the screen's new-found voice was the 33V3-RPM Vitaphone disc record which ran in synchronism with the film on a turntable geared to the projector motor. The other was, of course, the photo- graphic soundtrack printed on the film alongside of the picture. Projectionists thus spoke of "sound on disc" and "sound on film" in the early days of talkies — the days when critics of the new sound movies grumbled that Hollywood lost its brains when it found its voice. And to distinguish the reproduction of synchronous sound on disc for the audio accompaniment of a movie from the ordinary non- synchronous musical recordings played before the show, the ordinary phonograph for commercial 78-RPM discs was called a "non-sync." This obsolete term is still used to some extent. 33!/3-RPM Discs Now Preferred 78-RPM phonograph records held the field for musi- cal recordings in spite of the fact that 33%-RPM discs had been used for the Vitaphone talkie records and for radio transcriptions. The old Victor Talking Machine Co. made a valiant attempt to introduce musical 33's for home use, but without much success. Incidentally, all these early SS^-RPM discs were made with the same 3-mil grooves used for 78's, not the finer 1-mil "microgrooves" now used for long-play records, and they started playing at the inside groove and ended at the outside rim. Because 78's are no longer manufactured, and be- cause a somewhat limited choice of music is available on the doughnut-shaped 45's, the emphasis for theatre music, as well as for music to be played in the home, is definitely focused upon the SS^-RPM long-play records. The theatre that has only a 45-RPM record player is cheating itself of good music. The record player used in the theatre should be of the 4-speed type with a stereo cartridge in the 33%- 45 side of the pickup in order that all kinds, speeds, and sizes of records may be played. Aside from the retention of excellent 78's which are still present in long-established collections of fine music, it is best to add only hi-fi 33's to a record collection. With the exception of a somewhat higher noise level and a more restricted dynamic range, the later 78-RPM discs made of plastic are the equals of any. Plastic 78's are more resistant to wear than the soft and powdery shellac records made for many years, but the hardest and most wear-resistant records we know of were the 78's made for use with heavy acoustic reproducers in the days before electric pickups. These ancient discs, surprisingly, were also pressed from a material having a shellac base! Needle Wear Problem Modern 33I/3-RPM long-play records are extraordi- narily sensitive to needle wear. This is due to the finer stylus point required to fit the fine 1-mil microgrooves, and to the finer sound variations in the grooves oc- casioned by extension of the high-frequency end of the sound spectrum to 12,000-18,000 cycles and by an (Continued on Page 12) 'here is a FIRST BEST in Anything! In ARC LAMPS IT IS THE OPTICALLY INTEGRATED C S. ASHCRAFT'S HHHnnn^HHHHH (f ® JfariiW,,, " ■ *rh V ' "• (If ■• ." mBF .'• \' t - Jp (Patent Pending) It does unheard of things in screen lighting. Such as ... up to 100% increase in screen side-lighting. It works on any current from 78 to 115 amperes. It does it on a single size positive carbon, 11mm in diameter. It will exceed accepted industry standards in lighting an out- door screen 52 feet wide. It is the answer to the ill-lighted Drive-In screen up to 95 feet in width. It is a miserly brute in its operating expenses. Saves you up to 50% in carbon costs. Want proof? Call your National Theatre Supply Co. man. He will prove the CORE-LITE worth in indoor or drive-in theatres with existing screens and lenses. Trademark registered and copyrighted. Patent applied for. The C. S. Ashcraft Mfg. Co., Inc. 36-32 Thirty Eighth Street, Long Island City, N. Y. International Projectionist January, 1963 Theatre Demonstrations Set Up To Show Core-Lite's Effectiveness NEW YORK — The new Ashcraft Core-Lite projection arc lamp, spe- cially designed and marketed to re- place lamps burning 9mm copper coated positive carbons and lamps burning 9mm and 10mm black ro- tating positive carbons in indoor the- atres, now has a greatly increased sales probability for drive-in the- atres, according to the results of tests recently completed and just released by Clarence Ashcraft, in- ventor and manufacturer of the new lamp. All previous tests on the new lamp, before it was introduced to the the- atre market, were conducted by us- ing currents confined to ranges be- tween 78 and 95 amperes. Within these limitations, the lamp increased screen lighting and light distribution (side-lighting) up to 100%, and saving in carbon costs were as much as 50%. Under the new tests, at current ranges between 95 and 115 am- peres, the discovery was made of the even greater increased center and side lighting which makes the Core-Lite now particularly useful in small to medium size drive-ins, the inventor states. These higher cur- rent tests followed tests made in early December by Merle Chamber- lain, technical supervisor for Metro- Goldwyn-Mayer Pictures, at the com- pany's studio in California. Remarks made by Chamberlain, following the coast tests were highly laudatory. It has been stated by carbon com- pany technicians and by field repre- sentatives of the now defunct Motion Picture Research Council that among the thousands of drive-ins in the 350 to 800 car capacity range screen light has been woefully inadequate. The owners of these theatres have been so informed and are well aware of the poor light on their screens. It has not been possible, however, up to now to produce greater screen light at costs these smaller drive-in theatres could af- ford. With Core-Lite, it is estimated that carbon savings would more than pay for additional Core-Lite equip- ment expense in about 4Vk years. This benefit would be in addition to the resulting increase in screen light, both center and at the sides, where the drive-ins are most defi- cient. Up to 20% in center lighting and up to 100% increase in side lighting will result by using the Core-Lite, Ashcraft has stated. National Theatre Supply Co., dis- tributors of the lamp, has stated that it will demonstrate the new Core- There's Plenty for You At CENTURY! . . and from CENTURY only dramatic. New ALL TRANSISTOR sound systems True high-fidelity, distortion free. *Low installation cost, minimum space needs. Increased reliability, less maintenance. No vacuum tubes, no photoelectric cells. *and the only American-made 70 mm 35 theatre projection systems SEE YOUR CENTURY DEALER . . . for bigger, brighter projection. PROJECTOR CORP. New York 19, N. Y. Lite in theatre booths, using the the- atre's now existing lenses and screens, to support its claim for the Core-Lite's efficiency, as contrasted with the arc lamp equipment now in the theatre. There will be a proven greatly increased light, greater dis- tribution of light, combined with proven decreased carbon costs, ac- cording to both the inventor and the distributors. In relation to its offered no-cost demonstration in theatres, National Theatre Supply Co.'s President, W. J. Turnbull, has stated, "The Core- Lite arc lamp is a piece of equip- ment that most indoor and drive-in theatres simply cannot afford to be without. Any of our branch mana- gers will arrange a demonstration to prove the remarkable capabilities of the new lamp." iP 25-30 Club Installs New Officers at Dinner-Dance NEW YORK— The 25-30 Club's Annual Installation Dinner-Dance were held in the grand ballroom of the Hotel Empire here. Formal in- stallation of the new slate of officers occured at this festive occasion. The club elected William C. Anderson as president and Morris I. Klapholz as vice president. Reelected were Morris J. Rotker as recording secretary, Jack Krimon as financial secretary, and Nathan Strauss as sergeant-at-arms. Harry Bergoffen, trustee 1963, Charles Sherman, trustee 1964, Robert Saun- ders, trustee 1965 were in the in- stallation ceremonies. iP MONTHLY CHAT (Continued from Page 3) he can't get the results he is ambi- tious to achieve. If the theatre owner has confidence in his projectionists, and the expert communicates his knowlege of pro- jection, he will consult the projec- tionist on the new equipment he is buying. Of course, the projection- ist has a responsibility in that case. But the good projectionist willingly shoulders the responsibility, being assured by his knowledge about the modern theatre equipment, and is in a way complemented by the ex- hibitor's regard for his know-how about projection and sound repro- duction. Meanwhile some exhibitors have museum pieces in their booths and advertise "wide screen" just like the showcases; thus they pay lip service to good projection. IP International Projectionist January, 1963 Requirements of a Proficient Motion Picture Projectionist Training of the young projectionist should start with a mastering of the basic principles of his craft — the working projectionist is his mentor. By James A. Wagoner This survey will review four basic qualifications of a motion picture projectionist. Since the inception of television it has become increasingly important that the theatre patron benefit from the finest projection and sound available because a superior picture with good quality sound is the one real asset of the motion picture theatre. The theatre customer becomes a part of another world. Anytime this illusion of "make-believe" breaks, the basic goal of the motion picture theatre suffers. In order to acquire the skill of a good projectionist, one must keep this thought uppermost in his mind, for without it as a goal, the other qualifications lose their meaning through lack of pur- pose. In order for a projectionist to perform his duties well, he must be come proficient in the following four areas : 1. Electronics 2. Mechanics 3. Light and Lenses 4. Other requirements Projectionist Should Know Electronics Today's projection room is a maze of electronic marvels, and the industry provides more complex equipment as time goes on. Conse- ( Continued on Page 15) ORLOVE OFFERS ANTIQUES — Anybody want a collection of early motion picture projection equipment suitable for display in a cinematic museum? Louis donate to any museum which will give it careful attention and a proper display. W. Orlove, veteran film exploiteer now handling 20th Century -Fox campaigns in the Minneapolis-Milwaukee area, has a number of unique items which he'll Orlove's hobby began in 1925 when he acquired a Kinedrome projector from the Old Theatorium in Milwaukee. He has gathered many other interesting items since but lacks the room to display them. Interested curators can reach Orlove at 1618 N. 54th St., Milwaukee. A Rectifier That Is Truly Different BI-POWR A new type silicon diode stack transformer rectifier designed as a power source FOR THE OPERATION OF TWO ARC LAMPS No flicker or other change in projected light at the time of striking the second arc. DUAL OUTPUT RATING OF 60-85/60-85 AMPS/35-45 VOLTS 90-135/90-135 AMPS/56-70 VOLTS 120-160/120-160 AMPS/58-75 VOLTS •k Designed for operation on 208/ 220V 50/60 cycle, three phase A.C. -k Two independent stack assemblies, one for each output. ic "Lo-Strike"* feature associated with each output protects stacks from overload and prevents destruc- tion of carbon crater upon striking the arc. •A- Exclusive automatic reset* permits immediate restriking if arc is not established the first time. ic A choke in the D.C. output circuit makes for quiet operation and holds ripple to less than 3%. -k Down-draft fan cooled. No foreign matter can be drawn into the equip- ment. + Class H glass insulated trans- formers. Send for literature. THE STRONG ELECTRIC CORP. 31 City Pork Avenue Toledo 1, Ohio "Not supplied as regular equipment on 60-85 ampere model. International Projectionist January, 1963 FACT IS a crisp, sparkling negative must have top-quality prints. Otherwise, it can't do its job, and your message falls flat on its face, wasting production time and money— station time, too, if your film's on TV. Moral: Go Eastman all the way— negative and print-stock. And in the case of ques- tions—production, processing, projection— always get in touch with Eastman Technical Service. Nobody likes flat prints either.. For further information, please write or phone: Motion Picture Film Department, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, Rochester 4, N. Y. Or-for the purchase of film: W.J. German, Inc. Agents for the sale and distribution of Eastman Professional Film for Motion Pictures and TV, Fort Lee, N.J., Chicago, III., Hollywood, Calif. EASTMAN FUL fl (Lateral movement only ; Costal QAAon autczL-^ crystal ^sStet^e ogh on i o^ FIG. 2 — The piezoelectric crystal of a monaural pickup is "twisted" in only one direction, the lateral direction paral- lel to the variations of the constant-depth groove. The crystal thus generates fluctuating sound currents. A stereo pickup works the same way, but it has two crystals positioned in planes 90 degrees apart. One crystal responds only to the variations in one wall of the record groove, and the other crystal responds only to the variations recorded in the other wall. Each crystal, accordingly, reproduces one of two separate channels of sound. DISC REPRODUCERS from page 7 average linear groove speed only 42.7% that of 78's. A slightly worn needle will distort the sound more badly on 33's than on 78's, while a severely worn needle may skip grooves, repeat grooves on overmodulated pas- sages, and damage the record. Oscilloscopic tests which reveal distortion in high- frequency waveforms lead us to the conclusion that standard-groove 78-RPM records are best limited to 8000 cycles, while microgroove 33's cannot go much beyond 10,000 cycles without distortion. As a matter of fact, nothing in the way of audible "realism" is provided by frequencies higher than 10,- 000 cycles, which is more than twice as high-pitched as the highest note on a piano keyboard. Statements by re- cording companies (attempting 24,000 cycles) to the effect that excessively high frequencies add realism "even though they are not heard" are pure balderdash. Commercial amplifiers and speakers cannot reproduce 24,000 cycles; and few go up as high as 15,000 cycles. It has been said that only "bulldogs and babies" can hear up to 30,000 cycles. The average young adult 12 can probably hear sounds as high as 15,000 cycles, and in some cases up to 20,000. Sounds higher than 10,000 cycles are scarcely audible to anyone over 60 years of age. To a person who can easily hear 10,000 cycles, this extremely high-pitched tone sounds like a harsh whistling hiss totally devoid of timbre, or "tone color." It has no timbre because its harmonic (20,000 cycles, 30,000 cycles, and 40,000 cycles for the first three har- monics) are too high to be audible, even if really present. (The first three or four harmonics establish the general character of any tone — fluty, reedy, dull, piquant, etc.) A worn needle used on 33V3-RPM discs will distort the lower as well as the higher frequencies, and ac- centuate certain frequencies. Such a needle may skip grooves and damage the record. Sapphire and ruby needles have a relatively short life and, in general, are rather a nuisance with long-play records. Diamond needles have a useful life of 20 to 100 times the life of sapphire needles, and should be installed at the outset. Diamond needles cost only 4 or 5 times as much as the sapphire ones, and hence represent a real economy. Use Only All-Speed Stereo Players! This writer very strongly recommends the use of a combination-speed record player (16, 45, S3Ys, and 78 RPM) fitted with a flip-over cartridge, each side of which has its own needle. One side of the pickup plays 45 and 33% microgroove records, while the other side is for standard 78's. Be sure that the micro- groove side of the cartridge is "stereo" no matter whether the noiv common stereo discs are reproduced monaurally or stereophonically! On account of the musical limitations of 45-RPM records, and the likelihood that this speed may be dis- continued in favor of 33's for popular "singles," it seems best to concentrate exclusively on regular 12- inch 33%-RPM long-play discs, both high-fidelity mon- aural and stereophonic. An ordinary monaural "lateral-cut" record has only sidewise variations of grooves of constant depth, but a dual-channel stereophonic record has two completely in- dependent sets of variations in its grooves. One chan- nel of sound is carried by lateral variations tilted 45° from the surface plane of the disc, while the other set of variations for the second channel is tilted 45° in the opposite direction. The two sets thus have a maxi- mum angular separation of 90°. When the same sound is present in both channels, the angular difference of the plane of needle movement from the surface plane of the record is less than 45°, that is, 45° — n°, in which n is the angle of needle movement on the side of the groove (right or left sound channel) having the weaker signal. In the case of a regular monaural record played with a stereo pickup ( which improves the sound, by the way ) , the sidewise needle movement in the plane of the record surface is exactly the same as in a stereo record having identical signals of equal strength in both channels. (45° — 45° =0°.) The result is the same sound from the left and right speakers. To repeat: Stereophonic records are now so com- monplace that the record player used in the theatre should be equipped with a stereo pickup cartridge no matter whether the sound is played monaurally through just one channel or stereophonically through two or three amplifier and speaker channels. International Projectionist January, 1963 Voltage gain Power tubes Ton* Volume P^d T~p rojectionist is responsible for thread- ing up the film, rewinding, replacing arc carbons, focussing and framing. In the smaller theatres with a screen up to 35 ft. wide, the Xenon (lamp) arc is now being widely used with automatic control equipment, since it lends itself readily to auto- matic control and obviates the neces- sity for replacing carbons. National Safety Laws Cinemas in the United Kingdom operate under safety regulations is- sued by the secretary of state, and in 1958 the regulations were amended to take account of this automatic equipment. This permits the equip- ment to be in use without a projec- tionist being in the booth — although his absence is limited to fifteen min- utes. The reason for this is that a projectionist must go to the booth once every fifteen minutes to remove the film that has been shown and re- place the next reel. The regulations require a warning bell to sound in the projection room suite and to be in a position where another member of the staff is norm- ally employed and can hear it — in case anything should go wrong with the automatic control. There has been no active opposition to automatic equipment by the labor union, although where the equipment is installed there was a tendency to demand a higher minimum wage. What happens in practice, however, is that in theatres that previously em- ployed a total of four or five pro- jectionists, there are only two on the payroll — one on duty at any given time. These two operators receive a wage higher than the minimum agre- ed between the employers and the union, but the wage is a matter for negotiation between the employer and the individual projectionist. It must be remembered that there is a rather acute shortage of projec- tionists in the United Kingdom and many cinemas are able to keep going only because automatic equipment has been installed. Remote Control System Automatic equipment with remote control is installed in about 14 cine- mas in the United Kingdom and is operating very satisfactorily. The automatic side includes the automat- ic changeover from one machine to the other and automatic close-down should anything go wrong with the light source circuit or the motor circuit. The remote control consists of a control board placed in a suit- able position in the auditorium from which it is possible to start or stop either machine, to focus and frame the picture and to control the volume of sound. Although at the present time a projectionist is employed to operate the remote control, the con- trol is so simple that an unskilled person, e.g. an usherette or under- manager, could run the show. With this equipment it is, of course, still necessary to employ a projec- tionist to change the reels and re- wind, but experiments are already being carried out with the possibility of accommodating the entire pro- gramme on two machines and to have automatic rewind. Indeed, we have a prototype equipment in two cine- mas in a town in the United Kingdom where 8000 ft. spools are fitted to the machines. Since they are special- ist houses, their programmes never exceed 16,000 ft. In this particular instance, we have one operator in charge of the two cinemas. The re- mote control is situated at the rear of the auditorium and is in the charge of the under-managers." It is obvious from the above report, TOA points out, that the equipment is working satisfactorily, and is giving English theatres the equivalent of a one man booth. If the remote control operation does not evoke severe labor union reaction, it is also obviously conceivable that a very limited num- ber of trained service projectionists could take care of a large number of British theatres within a small geo- graphic area, with unskilled theatre help watching the individual theatre's control panel. It is TOA's understanding that BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE free Test Samples mwrnv* *T?W»«f»»WF» wnamS^SL(2m6o*t4 CARBONS INC., BOONTON, N. J. STEADIER LIGHT LESS ATTENTION PERFECT COLOR BALANCE Free Carbon Chart 14 International Projectionist January, 1963 British laws regarding booth opera- tion would probably have to be mod- ified if remote operation is to be- come widespread. Unlike the U. S., Britain has one safety code adminis- tration that functions nationally. The reported shortage of union projectionists in England, coupled with the distressed state of the Eng- lish exhibition industry, set the stage in the United Kingdom for this tech- nological advance. This would prob- ably not be the case in the United States, the association comments. Differences Highlighted The British situation is yet another highlight of the differences between the British and American theatre in- dustries. In Britain, as an example, there are no anti-trust laws similar to ours. In enforcing their "FIDO" plan to keep current feature films off television, British distributors, with the support of exhibitors, have re- fused to supply film to a violator, and the courts have condoned this boycott. Under the Eddy Plan, Brit- ish theatres pay a small tax on each admission, and the funds are used to subsidize new production. Also, the British have a mandatory classifica- tion system. iP Pine Hollow Theatre Uses Century Sound An article in the November issue of International Projectionist de- scribed the sound system of the Pine Hollow Theatre incorrectly. The Pine Hollow is equipped with the Century Projector Corp. all-transis- tor 6-4-1 channel sound system. The sound equipment was furnished by Century dealer Joe Hornstein, Inc., and installed by engineer Joe Kelley of the Skouras circuit. iP Reevesound Company Retains Barbara Skeeter NEW YORK— Reevesound Com- pany, Inc., Long Island City motion picture engineering firm, announced it has retained New York consulting publicist Barbara Skeeter to expand its information program. Reevesound designs specialized sound and visual communications systems for governments and indus- trial firms. A former director of public rela- tions for the Society of Motion Pic- ture and Television Engineers, Miss Skeeter has a broad background in corporate and association publicity and newspaper work. iP International Projectionist PROFICIENCY from page 9 quently, the person manning this equipment should have as much knowledge as possible about the projection room. For example, a knowledge of the electronic funda- mentals connected with sound be- comes increasingly important be- cause the patrons, with their own Hi-fis at home, require high stan- dards in sound reproduction. The added complexity of the four-and six- track stereophonic systems is a real challenge to the theatre projectionist. Although the sound service engineer maintains this system in many theatres, he cannot be present at all theatres all of the time; there- fore, a major responsibility rests with the projectionist for keeping the system in good condition. It is the good projectionist who possesses enough knowledge about his sound system that he can make emergency repairs when necessary. The patron becomes disgruntled if a sound outage occurs and he must wait until a sound service engineer comes from across town to repair it. Though it is the most complicated part of the projection room equip- ment, the sound system does not constitute the only electronic ap- paratus. The various motors, the arc lamps, the motor-generators and the rectifiers must also function properly so that the show goes on the screen in a pleasing manner. In this area, the projectionist has a greater responsibility than in servicing sound systems because he must institute the maintenance procedures. Therefore, a thorough knowledge of the elec- tronic fundamentals involved is a prerequisite of proper servicing. As the equipment, such as the arc lamp, becomes increasingly simple to oper- ate, its construction becomes more complicated. Consequently, an in- creasing knowledge of electronics and theories explaining the opera- tion of these systems is another rea- son why this subject represents a basic requirement for all projection- ists. Mechanics Should be Mastered The motion picture projector is not only an electronic marvel, but it is also one of the most intricate machines in today's world of auto- mation. Again, the burden for adequate maintenance and servicing rests with the person in the projection room; it is only natural, therefore, that this man acquire a knowledge of mechanics so that he can adequately perform the duties required of him. Unless the basic mechanical func- January 1963 *£{ \ "LETS TWIST"! Yes, That Easy to Use -No Tools Needed Just Twist The Stub In & Out . . . NO GRINDING— NO DIRT ptU fK W% fJtV 6 SIT* IK** IF YOU ARE NOT USING The "Little Miser" Carbon Saver YOU are losing several Hundred Dollars Each Year! 4 Sizes 9-10-llm.m. $3.00 Each 13.6m.m. $4.50 Each ORDER Now— Start Saving Money $$ (We Suggest 3 In Each Projection Room) LOU WALTERS Projector Repair Service (All makes projectors & movements repaired) 8140 Hunnicut Rd. Dallas 28, Texas Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement- For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. 15 lions of the projector become a part of his knowledge, he will have diffi- culty maintaining equipment. For example, a knowledge of how the star-wheel intermittent operates precludes its servicing as directed for a specific brand of projector. With an understanding of the mechanical essentials, the projectionist can then make the necessary repairs and ad- justments to his particular installa- tion. Light and Lenses Must be Understood The third basic requirement for the well-equipped projectionist is an understanding of the principles of CURTAIN CONTROLS, TRACKS and SPECIAL OPERATING DEVICES VALLEN, Inc. AKRON 4, OHIO optics. This requirement is impor- tant because of the ever-changing methods of presentation and the problems introduced by the drive-in theatre. With more and more thea- tres installing 70 mm. equipment is is the projectionist's responsibility to make sure that the effect of the pre- sentation meets the requirements de- manded by the public. For instance in a large downtown theatre, the new 70 mm. equipment was installed haphazardly and it was several days before the performance met already established standards. Although this may be a rare case, the man in charge of running the show should do his best to prevent such occurrences. Even though such practices are not the fault of the pro- jectionist, a man with a thorough knowledge of optics is valuable when new theatres go up or when estab- lished theatres are remodeled. Before concluding these three sec- tions here is a brief summary. In order to do his job adequately, the theatre projectionist needs an under- standing of ( 1 ) basic electronics, (2) basic mechanics, and (3) basic optics. A problem arises as to how one can properly gain this knowl- DO YOU BUY I^^U ON PRIC PRICE OR COST? 2-YEAR COATING GUARANTEED FIRST SURFACE DICHROIC REFLECTORS They're a bargain because everything an ordinary reflector does TUFCOLD does better and longer. That's why they're worth more yet actually COST 43% LESS based on life expectancy. So, since your old reflectors, by wasting power, carbons, and light, cost more than new TUFCOLDS, replace them now. THE STRONG ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 City Park Avenue • Toledo 1, Ohio edge. Experience is particularly need- ed for mechanics, but the theories of light and electronics require outside study. If possible, an engineering program at one of the leading uni- versities would be beneficial, but since many projectionists cannot undertake such a program, there are other methods of learning this mater- ial. For example, there are many specialized electronic schools throughout the country, and corres- pondence courses also present a method of gaining necessary knowl- edge. Positive Altitudes Are Necessary This section includes the most im- portant data in the report. In order to perform properly the skills men- tioned, the three kinds of knowledge just discussed play an important role. One authority defined a projectionist who had these skills as a "presenta- tion man." The term describes the actual running of the show as op- posed to maintaining the equipment. It is in mechanics that experience proves most helpful, but just because a man has many years experience, he does not necessarily become an ex- pert "presentation man." There are other factors entering into the quali- fication. First, and one of the most impor- tant, is attitude toward the job. Be- cause many of the duties performed daily become more or less routine after they are learned, the man run- ning the projectors may develop a complacent feeling toward the work, and an inferior product sometimes results. With the new arch lamp and projectors that the present thea- tres use, the hazard of this attitude increases because one can get by with less supervision than before. The projectionist ought to feel that he is as much an artist as the stars on the screen, for without him their acting ability is lost; consequently, constant awareness of his important function to the entertainment indus- try is necessary, for every man re- gardless of the size of the theatre in which he works. With the proper attitude toward the profession, the normal daily duties contribute to job satisfaction and pride in the work. Checking is a Key Word The second requirement of a good presentation involves a key word in every projectionist's vocabulary — checking. Unfortunately, since people all make mistakes and projectionists are human, a good presentation de- mands constant checking of the var- ious functions performed. On many jobs, a small mistake goes unnoticed and does little real harm, but even 16 International Projectionist January 1963 the smallest mistakes in the pro- jection room erupt upon the screen in view of hundreds of patrons. In order to eliminate these occurrences, the projectionist ought to check and re-check his work. Certain key points such as the proper lens and aperture plate, proper reel, proper threading, proper carbon trim, and others require constant supervision because without a program of double checking the show may suffer. Another item that demands in- spection and checking is the opera- tion of the equipment. This is the section of the program that makes it necessary for the projectionists to have the specialized knowledge dis- cussed in the first three sections, for without it the projectionist may find it difficult to adopt an effective pre- ventive maintenance program for his machinery. Film Inspection Must Take Place First The last major topic considered in this section pertains to film in- spection. A few brief remarks on this subject will suffice. First, if a projectionist wants a perfect show at all times, he must inspect all film before its showing. However, in many cases conditions may prevent the proper inspection. If this is the case, one must do the best possible job under the handicap. The time allowed for such inspection remains a controversial subject and until the question can be effectively solved the present unfortunate conditions must be tolerated. Again the factor of experience plays an important role in deciding the individual case. But the projectionist should keep in mind that his primary job is to run the film and maintain his equip- ment, and the film should arrive at the theatre in good condition; there- fore, if film inspection interferes with the primary obligation of the person running the show, the inspec- tion of film ought to remain secon- dary on the agenda of duties. Summary and Conclusions Most of the material presented here is a part of every good pro- jectionist's background but it is ad- vantageous to review basic concepts and goals periodically so that pri- mary objectives gain predominance in setting goals. This report says that in order to adequately perform the duties required of him, the the- atre projectionist should possess a background in (1) electronics, (2) mechanics, and (3) optics. It is with this background, plus the specialized skills necessary, that this magician of the theatre can present a flawless show. Sometimes overlooked, but equally important as his knowledge, is his International Projectionist attitude toward his profession. The projectionist is an artist who uses machines to paint pictures, and he can gain satisfaction from a "can- vas" well done. The projection equipment resembles the surgical in- struments in the operating room of a hospital, for unless the person per- forming the operation uses highly skilled techniques, the job is a failure. Therefore, when the pro- jectionist fails to present a flawless canvas of picture and sound, his patient dies. The patrons of the theatre go home to watch television. iP PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSDORFF CARBON CORP, East MrKensport. Pa. How electrical noise is produced . . . calculated • . . measured , . . controlled Here are the basic facts about electrical noise — how it originates in circuits . . . what terms describe it . . . how to measure it . . . how to design circuits to minimize its undesirable effects. The physical nature of the various sources of noise are clearly de- scribed, including such sources as thermal agitation or resistance noise . . . shot noise in vacuum tubes and semiconductor junctions . . . noise from spontaneous emission of electromagnetic radiation . . . and noise in gas discharges. This practical book also explains auxiliary mathematical techniques, and discusses the relation of signal and noise in various types of communication systems. For ease in use, the simple tuned circuit associated with a device for measuring average power is made the basic tool for analyzing ELECTRICAL 270 pages, 6x9 105 illustrations $10.00 By WILLIAM R. BENNETT Data Communications Consultant, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Each chapter in this helpful book begins in a simple, practical manner and works toward more complicated examples. For example, prop- erties of thermal noise and its relation to black- body radiation are deduced from basic laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. You also will find a clear treatment of elemen- tary quantum mechanics in discussions of the maser and of noise in semiconductors. And, in describing noise properties of various devices, the book fills in your working background with basic facts on junction diodes — transistors — gas discharge tubes— klystrons— traveling wave amplifiers— and others. Both independent and dependent noise sources are analyzed. In addition to the standard theory of noise figure and its significance, a treatment is given of the more comprehensive Haus-Adler theory of noise measure. Throughout, the book stresses the universality of noise-like phenomena. Noise formulas for diodes and transistors; noise gen- eration to meet specifications; design of ampli- fiers for minimum noise effects— these and many other topics 'are covered. A comprehensive re- view of noise in the various methods of signal transmission such as amplitude modulation . . . frequency modulation . . . and the different lands of pulse modulation is included. January 1963 CONTENTS 1. General Properties of Noise 2. Thermal Noise 3. Distribution of Magnitudes in Noise Sources 4. Noise in Vacuum Tubes 5. Noise in Semiconductors 6. Noise in Electromagnetic Radiation 7. Noise-generating Equipment 8. Noise Measurements and Techniques 9. Design of Low-noise Equipment 10. Application of Fourier Analysis to Noise Problems 11. Noise in Communication Systems ' 1 INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Please send me a copy of "Electrical Noise" by William R. Bennett. (I enclose $10.00.) Name Address City & State 17 IMPROVING THEATERS theater is a matter of the utmost impo.rtance. If members of the audience have a pleasant recollection of their hours in the theater, they will frequently return and become regular customers. If they are re- pelled by unpleasant surroundings, sooner or later they will be perman- ently lost. Some become bitter critics. Whispering campaigns are either the best or the worst advertising. For this and other reasons, the theater lighting should be most care- fully adjusted in each part of the theater. The street lighting of the theater is, of course, for conspicu- ous display purposes. The lobby lighting should be much softer, and graded downward so that entering the auditorium does not find the eye blinded by previous excessive illu- mination. Colored lighting (amber or rose, for example) is often help- ful. And the lighting in the main portions of the house must be care- fully adjusted so that vacant seats can be readily found and yet the general lighting level is low. Above all, house lights should never illumi- nate the screen. It goes without saying that the utmost cleanliness and attractive- ness in lounges, rest rooms, and lavo- ratories is essential. Few things are less attractive to the audience than shabby or unpleasant rest portions of the house. In this general connection, it is essential that odors of rancid but- ter or peanut oil shall be completely banished from the house and its refreshment portions. Sufficiently powerful ventilation and exhaust fans will greatly help. Many of the theater owners have found that the audience cultivates theaters which are free from stale odors. Courteous Treatment important The operation of a theater is not a mere perfunctory matter, largely to be neglected as a routine propo- sition. Life in the theater should be a model of courteous treatment by ushers and management. Any re- quests for information or complaints should be very promptly handled and clearly answered with a real show of interest and sympathy on the part of the management. And the ushers and managers should not be remote and inaccessible people but should be continually on the look- out for any questions, complaints, disturbances, or events requiring at- tention. One of the great assets of the theater is the existence of dis- 18 from page 5 cipline and control of the audience which ensures uninterrupted enjoy- ment of the performance. In the home there are often enough in- evitable interruptions of any enter- tainment. But in the theater such un- necessary interruptions are often in- tolerable and repel the audience. Of course, the main commodity which is sold in the theater is the program. Too much time can hardly be spent selecting and arranging the program, choosing times for the showings, and generally building up an attractive performance. A good showman will study the audience in his vicinity and learn their prefer- ences. After a few months, he will know that in the vicinity of his theater, people prefer romantic shows, costume dramas, comedy, vivid action films, so-called "art" pictures, or other forms of enter- tainment. The successful exhibitor will learn of these preferences and will build up his programs, wherever possible, around a suitable selection and succession of attractive show- ings. It is a good idea to have dif- ferent types of films at the same performance. It is also often worth while shifting the major emphasis in performances from each show to the ones on the following weeks. The skilled showman will make good use of the advantages of color films which have now been devel- oped to the point of exquisite beauty and dramatic value. Experience has shown that color can set a mood in a fashion almost impossible for black and white. Accordingly, the balanced theater program will have a full quota of color films wherever pos- sible. Exhibitor Should have Good P.R. And finally, the exhibitor must establish the closest possible rela- tionships with his community and its members. He should be the "best- liked man in town." This may take some time and trouble on his part. But anything he does with and for the community is well rewarded. In addition to studying the customer's preferences and establishing excel- lent public relations with the com- munity, the exhibitor should discover whether his prospective audience re- spond better to hard-selling or to soft-selling in advertising. Of course the type of advertising may depend to some extent on the type of pic- ture that is shown each week. If the exhibitor establishes cordial contacts with the schools, clubs, as- sociations, and churches of his town — as well as with the civic leaders of the community — his prospects of success will be considerably bright- ened. It takes an extremely compe- tent, pleasant, diplomatic, and cap- able man to be a truly successful showman. iP London News and Views By Stanley T. Perry The Odeon Theatre in Leicester Square which is the Rank Organiza- tion's key house had a "face lift" in its projection booth just prior to a Royal Film Performance. The Odeon, which needed a change of equipment, installed three Cine- maccanica Victoria X, a multi pur- pose 70/35mm projector, with elec- trical interlock between any pair. Also installed were three Super Zenith 460 arc lamps with 18 picroid reflectors, operating at 110 amps., with a corbon trim of 10 mm posi- tive, 9 mm negative, both copper coated. The positive is non-rotating and the carbon contacts and the lamp are generally air-cooled, although water circulation is now being used, except for the projector film gate. A new G. B. Kalee Duosonic- Multichannel sound equipment for all film systems, including unmarried prints was included. Also installed was a 12- way sound reinforcement system and remote control focusing, framing, sound volume from the auditorium. Prior to the installation of the projection equipment, Mick Mc- Laughlin, chief projectionist at the Odeon, and Bob Pulman, projection engineer of the circuit, were guests of the Cinemaccania Company in Milan, Italy, where they spent some days at the factory familiarizing themselves with the equipment. The "late night show" policy which has been in operation for some time in the West End, is now spreading to the suburbs. The Clas- sic Circuit, which runs a number of small repertory theatres, have started the late night shows at Chelsea and Notting Hill, and no doubt there will be more of these in the future. The nine small houses in the West End late night shows have now firmly established themselves. Some show the current feature and shorts. Others have a special program for the late show only. iP International Projectionist January 1963 » AUTHORITATIVE » COMPREHENSIVE » PRACTICAL Acclaimed by leading technicians in the industry as the most comprehen- sive and down-to-earth handbook pub- lished to date on the subject of motion picture projection. Ideally suited for study and reference by your opera- tors. ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION HANDY 5"/2" X 8|/2" SIZE 450 PAGES ILLUSTRATED — CROSS INDEXED FOR EASY REFERENCE A Here is one of the most help- ful works ever published for the motion picture projection- ist. A handsomely bound and profusely illustrated compila- tion of the BEST of the Robert A. Mitchell articles that have appeared in "International Projectionis t," revised, brought up to date. ! ic The author covers clearly and thoroughly every aspect of motion picture projection, pre- senting his material in easily understood language — not too technical, yet technically ac- curate. The Manual is divided in 8 sections and contains 30 chapters — a valuable refer- ence work no progressive pro- jectionist should be without. SECTION HEADINGS (1) Film; (2) The Projector; (3) Projection-Optics, Screens; (4) The Arc Lamp; (5) General Projection Practice; (6) Motors, Generators, and Rectifiers; (7) Sound Reproduction Systems; (8) Projection of Color and 3-D Films, Formulas. ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY * USE THIS HANDY FORM INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Gentlemen: please send me copy (copies of ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION. Enclosed is my check (or money-order) for $ NAME ADDRESS $6.00 per copy including postage CITY ZONE STATE International Projectionist January 1963 19 .,4 Scene From America's Projector Carbon Center., Lamp for simulating operating conditions " With this unique lamp we keep millions of moviegoers happy with your screen lighting" A ^^ To the best of our knowledge there are only two of these lamps in existence— and both are located in our Fostoria, Ohio, plant. This remarkable lamp is vital to quality screen George Mayer lighting because it enables our development de- partment to simulate any operating conditions encountered by projectionists. For example, we can alter the negative car- bon angle from 0 to 90°, with respect to the positive carbon axis. The lamp will take any size negative, either copper -coated or black. Jaws are available to burn either copper-coated -says GEORGE MAYER National Carbon Sales Engineer or black positive carbons. Rotational speeds range from 0 to 20 rpm, and feed rate can be varied from 1 to 120 inches per hour. Power variations range from 5 to 300 amps under normal conditions. Up to 800 amps have been carried for short periods of time. Such advanced research equipment, quality production, and precision testing are only a part of the "National" projector carbon story. Since 1917, National Carbon has set the pace for outstanding technical service . . . through Sales Engineers equipped with today's most modern test devices for assuring optimum lighting efficiency. Contact Mr. National Carbon UNION CARBIDE "National" and "Union Carbide" are registered trade-marks for products of NATIONAL CARBON COMPANY Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y. In Canada: Union Carbide Canada Limited, Toronto as '£.? u':& ***%". & NO oo o c * o*n •HCM 0) FEBRUARY VOLUME 38 1963 NUMBER 2 £ p!1sd n u ca 40c A COPY $3.00 A YEAR A Scene From America's Projector Carbon Center. Testing for arc consumption and light distribution "Every day is 'double -feature' test day at our projection booth in Fostoria, Ohio" ****** « Bill Brenner You're looking into the motion picture industry's most unusual projection booth. We run the same "double-feature" every day —fifty- two weeks a year. Our program covers two important phases of "National" projector carbon produc- tion — the testing of arc consumption and light distribution. Their ultimate results are to help you obtain the finest picture quality! Tests are conducted on representative sam- ples from every lot of projector carbons manu- factured in Fostoria, Ohio. This specialized says BILL BRENNER National Carbon Sales Engineer quality control effort not only pays dividends to the theatre owner in projection carbon econ- omy, but assures movie patrons the best-lighted indoor or outdoor presentations that carbon dollars can buy ! Quality manufacturing and precision testing are only a part of the "National" projector car- bon story. For 45 years National Carbon has backed theatre owners with the industry's most dependable technical service. Our Sales Engineers are equipped with to- day's most modern test devices ... to assure you maximum light efficiency on your screen. Contact Mr. National Carbon UNION CARBIDE "National" and "Union Carbide" are registered trade-marks for products of NATIONAL CARBON COMPANY Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y. In Canada: Union Carbide Canada Limited, Toronto INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 February, 1963 No. 2 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher RAY GALLO Executive Publisher AL BLOOM Managing Editor TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor RAY GALLO ASSOCIATES National Advertising Representatives 545 Fifth Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. Telephone Murrayhill 7-7746 (Area Code 203) IN THIS ISSUE Part II A Organ Recordings for the Theatre By ROBERT A. MITCHELL Projectionist Profile: Ernest Lang TESMA Board Named l2 New Century Projector Series 10 Norelco, Ballantyne Agreement 1 1 News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co division ot The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6174, Minneapolis 24 Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA—McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United States, Canada, and U. S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5 00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.UU per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in sianed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. 1 MONTHLY CHAT »*VVVVV»V**VV*VVV»*»»»»*»VVVVVVV»»*»iV»VV*V*V»VVVV*VVV< Better Days for Craftsmen Ahead? 1963 may be a year of good theatre business and a turning point for projectionists who were affected by theatre closings and discouraged by working with worn- out equipment. Film men who have traveled around the country talk about a possible revival of theatre owners' plans to build new theatres and refurnish older houses, including new booth equipment. During the "golden age" of movies, 1920 to 1929, the theatre owners that prospered recognized that boothmen held a big responsibility in the proper presentation of the motion pictures. These owners encouraged constant improvement in projection equipment and used innova- tions and new developments for high quality screen shows as they came along. Different From the Past In the past decade the exhibitor wanted attractions to wow his audience from the film producer-distributor. But there are signs that the exhibitor realizes he must depend upon himslef for high standards of screen presentation, including good housekeeping to induce the public to attend his theatre more often. If that happens — as eventually it must — the projec- tionist will enjoy his old status as a key man of the theatre, responsible for keeping the equipment in shape and putting a good show on the screen. During the "Golden age" of movies there were added attractions, such as organ solos and live stage presenta- tion. Now more than ever the film house relies on the motion picture to attract patronage. The boothman is the key man in the theatre because the public has learned to expect good projection and sound from showcase houses featuring 70mm and stereo sound. New Equipment Increases Prosperity If theatre owners spend money on new projection equipment and remodeling older theatres, they can advertise that they have superior projection, comfortable seats and attractive surroundings, and that they provide courteous service for patrons. This can help make their theatre an institution of the city — after all, that was how prosperous showmen made money in the 1920's, in addi- tion to exploiting the current and forthcoming attractions. Consequently, the exhibitor, realizing a good, efficient craftsman in his booth means a lot to his box-office business, will have more regard for his projectionists. Veteran projectionists will remember P. A. MacGuire, who served as public relations man for International Projector Corp. for many years, and was a drum-beater for the cause of better projection. In his advertisements for the Powers and Simplex projectors he used the head- line "Better Projection Pays," and he also preached the slogan in speeches to exhibitors. Not only did MacGuire promote his company's projector, but he made the exhibi- tor realize that there was more profit in better projection, and he caused the projectionist to take pride in his craft. Time for Action IP thinks the time has come for a similar slogan to be taken up by equipment makers, local unions, the pro- jectionists' social clubs and the individual projectionist. After all, the modern projectionist is a technician, a well-read and skilled machinist; he has to be an engineer to handle the complex projection and sound equipment (Continued on Page 14) International Projectionist February, 1963 ■ - — - - : " ■■mtmmaBaamMMMm INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Volume 38 February, 1963 Number 2 Part II Organ Recordings For The Theatre By ROBERT A. MITCHELL The alliance between the mo- tion-picture theatre and the orches- tral pipe organ seems indissoluble in spite of the fact that silent movies faded into history more than 30 years ago. The tonal eloquence of the organ is no longer needed to support the action on the screen or to intensify its drama. Why, then, the continued association of the pipe organ with motion pictures and the theatres in which they are shown? There is no doubt that the richly varied voices of the theatre organ exerted a tremendous impact upon moviegoers in the days when the audible "voice" of the screen was not speech, but dramatically keyed mu- sic. The "silents" were never really silent, at all! The silent film, with its character- istic techniques of photography, act- ing, and continuity ( with sparing use of dialogue subtitles ) , was an art in its own right, and one which attained a high degree of development before its demise. The silents were an ex- travagantly emotional form of visual story-telling enhanced, ordinarily, by an equally emotional form of musi- cal scoring. (Many of our best-loved "pop" melodies, now classics, were composed for silent pictures, e.g. "Diane" written for the 1927 film "Seventh Heaven" with Charlie Far- rell and Janet Gaynor.) Even modern moviemakers of long experience must admit that the glam- orous dream-stuff of the silent motion picture possessed a strange power to play upon the feelings of the audience to a degree seldom 4 achieved by the stage-borrowed ec- lecticism of the talking picture. This, in brief, is the background of cinema history which solidly established the pipe organ — or, at least, fond mem- ories of the pipe organ — in the mo- tion-picture theatre. The silent photoplay will never re- turn, despite its fluidity, its beauty, and its music. Tastes have changed. Modern movies must reflect every- day realities and communicate ideas to the mind as well as feelings to the heart. The exaggerated melodrama- tics usual in silent pictures would only be laughed at if presented today in the rose-tinted elegance of a by- gone era. But the organ, musical voice of cinematic never-never lands of yesteryear, persists even when its magic is transmitted through the me- dium of "canned sound." Use All Types of Music Although this article is specifically devoted to the music of the theatre organ, it should not be supposed that we advocate the use of organ re- cordings to the total exclusion of other kinds. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Different types of movie programs require widely dif- ferent types of overture and inter- mission music to establish the moods appropriate to them, or at least to avoid monotony or musical incon- gruity. In general, therefore, the projec- tionist should exercise a high degree of musical judgment. An "atmospher- ic" or intensely dramatic film should be prefaced by concert-type mood music, not by twist music or ballads which are more appropriate to light International oomedy-dramas or genre plays of con- temporary theme. Similarly, western- type music goes best on days when a western picture is playing, and is in- apropos with sea pictures, crime or mystery films, etc. A particularly happy combination of overture music and the current screen attraction is furnished when the actual theme music of the picture is available on a disc. This is rarely possible with commercial records un- less the picture is a second-run book- ing. (It's a mystery to us why the film companies, themselves, do not supply movie theme music on records for use in the theatre with their pic- tures. This would be especially de- sirable with musicals and dramatic pictures having notable incidental music.) Vocal numbers are not the best choice for interval music. Intermis- sion music is intended only as a back- ground, not as a major performance requiring the full attention of the audience for its appreciation. So no matter how popular or desirable cer- tain vocal numbers may be in the home or in juke boxes, they may prove distracting in the theatre at times when patrons either chat with friends or relax to a pleasing musical background without being forced to concentrate on the lyrics of a song. These suggestions appear to apply to the great majority of theatres, no matter whether the interval music for any specific performance is played on an organ or by an orchestra, or features a solo instrument such as the violin, clarinet, piano, trumpet, or some other. Even rock V roll and twist music is not ruled out for pic- Projectionist February, 1963 tures catering to adolescent audiences, but the antipathy of most adults to- ward this kind of music must be taken into consideration. We recall a theatre that used the jazziest, most toe-tapping kind of barrelhouse piano music imaginable when "The World of Harold Lloyd" was playing. The effect was mar- velous, and perfectly keyed to the rapid-fire pace of silent slapstick. (A perfect example of nickelodeon jazz highly recommended with silent comedy re-releases is Forum Hi-Fi 33%-RPM record no. F-9002, "Bar- relhouse with Moe Wechsler.") This same theatre concentrates on theatre-organ music most of the time with good effect; and we are happy to add that all the recorded music used in that theatre is selected by the projectionists. Theatre Organ for the Theatre Organ music is peculiarly suited to the motion-picture theatre because of the amazing tonal range, versa- tility, and mood-evoking power of the orchestral pipe organ. Only the organ can whimper and coo with sentimental intimacy one moment, then blare forth with all the thunder- ing, trumpeting majesty of a brass band the next. The Mighty Wurlitzer is the instrument of a thousand voices; and of all the instruments devised by man, it is the one that trulv glorifies music. Moviegoers greatly enjoy watching an organist performing at the con- sole of a giant pipe organ. But "live" organ music during intermissions is a rarity today, inasmuch as most theatre managements are unwilling to hire an organist when phonograph records are so readily available at little cost. As a result, thousands of fine theatre organs have been neg- lected or dismantled; and few of the theatres built since 1930 ever had pipe organs in the first place. Only a handful of the largest and most famous motion-picture theatres, such as the Radio City Music Hall in New York, still spotlight the Mighty Wurlitzer as an added attraction — a real treat for moviegoers who cherish memories of the silents, and a delightful novelty for those whose memory does not go back so far. What is the physical structure of a giant movie organ capable of sur- passing a symphony orchestra in tonal variety and sheer audio power? How does the "king of instruments" imitate sound effects ranging from a whispering breeze and the hoof- beats of a horse to the roar of a speeding locomotive and the crashing of thunder? How is all this audio mimicry combined with every con- International Projectionist February, 1963 ceivable musical effect from the plaintive sobbing of a distant flute to the brassy fortissimo of a military band? — and all through the artistry of a single musician seated at a con- sole which includes a bewildering array of keyboards, pedals, and "stop" tablets? The answer is simply that an organ is many instruments combined. No sound is emitted from the con- sole of an organ. The console is fundamentally a complex switch- board. Even the keys of the key- boards are switches which operate electromagnets and pneumatic valves in the distant organ chambers con- taining, in addition to thousands of pipes, such percussive attachments as xylophones, chimes, celestes, drums, and pianos. Theatre organs are classified in various ways as, for example, the number of kinds, or "ranks," of pipes and the number of keyboards, or "manuals," in the console. In ad- dition to the manually played key- boards, every organ has a pedal key- board played with the left foot. The pedals supply the deep, resonant bass notes which accent the rhythm of the music. The organist's right foot works the "swell pedal" which regulates the volume of the sound. Since organ pipes "speak" under constant wind pressure to maintain true pitch, the swell pedal actually only oper- ates a series of shutters which open up or close off the chambers in which the pipes are housed. There may be several swell pedals for different parts of the organ, and there are "effect pedals" for cymbals, drums, traps, gongs, etc. Complexity of a Theatre Organ Above the keyboards of an organ are rows of tabs called "stops." These are marked with the names of various solo instruments and dis- tinctive organ voices. One may be labelled "violin," another "French horn." another "melodia," another "dulciana." and so on. Also indicated on the tabs is the musical pitch of each stop on the basis of 8 feet for the open diaposon pipe sounding the lowest note of the keyboard in "uni- son pitch" — the pitch of a particular "C" when the pipe is sounded by pressing the lowest key. Ranks of pipes pitched an octave lower than unison are designated 16 feet, those an octave higher than unison. 4 feet, an octave higher than this. 2 feet. In addition, there may be 5 1 /3. 3 1/5. 2 2/3, 1 1/5, and 1 1/3 foot stops that sound various G's and E's when a C is pressed on the keyboard. These modify the tone by adding new harmonics to the sound. The warm and vibrant tibia quint, for example, sounds both C and the G next above at the same time! The organist can couple to- gether as many tones and pitches as he desires in order to obtain distinctive "registrations." Hun- dreds upon hundreds of registra- tions are possible on a large organ. An organ contains thousands of pipes, the largest ones 16 or 32 feet in length and the smallest ones no larger than penny whistles. Indeed, an organ is fundamentally a colossal agglomeration of horns and whistles together with bells, chimes, harps, vibraphones, pianos, bass drums, snare drums, cymbals, gongs, Chi- nese blocks, castanets, etc. Each of these is controlled by a stop tab or effect pedal in the console. The organ is thus a veritable one-man band which can be made to sound like almost anything imaginable, and is capable of effects no other instru- ment can give. All of the pipes and percussives of a theatre organ are housed in large rooms, called organ chambers, which open into the auditorium through the volume - controlling "swell shutters" behind ornate grilles. The audience, accordingly, never sees the organ, itself, but only the organ-controlling console which the organist manipulates. All of the pipes of a theatre organ are behind swell shutters, but a classical organ has rows of large diapason pipes exposed to view. These cannot be controlled as to the volume with which thev are beard, and are generally played from the lowest keyboard of the console, called the "great organ." The second kevboard of a church organ plavs the enclosed pipes, and is called the "swell organ" because its loudness may be controlled with the swell pedal. This old terminology is re- tained in theatre organs even though any stop may usually be plaved through any keyboard. When there are four manuals, the third is called the "solo organ," and the fourth, the "echo organ." Tbe theatre organ is characterized by the distinctive instrumental tone dualities of its stops. Many of its pipes are much too piquant in tone for anv other kind of organ. Then, too. a church organ is usually played with unmodulated wind pressure, which results in a steady, rather monotonous tone. The theatre organ is nearly alwavs "tremulated" by means of a vibrato control. This varies the wind pressure in a gentle 3 cycles-per-second rhythm. The rich expressiveness of tone provided by the vibrato contrasts amazingly with the heavy, dull monotone of the classical organ. The wind pressure needed to make an organ pipe speak is not very great. But in order to provide ade- quate pressure in all the wind chests at all times, permitting the full organ to be played, a large motor- driven blower is required. This is usually located in the cellar of the theatre, the wind being conducted into the wind chests of the organ by air-tight conduits. Variety of Organ Pipes A glance into an organ chamber will disclose rows upon rows of pipes in great variety. Some look like con- ventional diapason pipes, others are gently tapered, some look like trum- pets, while still others are square wooden pipes. Each row is evenly graduated in the length of its pipes from the tallest giants down to the tiniest ones the size of lead pencils. Tin is the preferred material for pipes of the "string" class — the violin, viol d'amour. cello, aeoline. dulciana. gamba, viola, salicional. voix celeste, etc. Not ordinary tin- plated iron, but pure block tin. Other materials include brass, copper, lead, zinc, and wood for both "flue" and "reed" pipes, the latter having vibrat- ing reeds to produce the tone. All of the "flutes" in an organ are flue pipes which have no reeds, but venerate a vibrating column of air. Some are open at the top, while others, an octave lower in pitch for the same length, are closed off at the top by stoppers. Among the organ flutes we find the orchestral flute, piccolo, melodia. and the soulful tibia, which is a stopped wooden pipe very characteristic of the the- atre organ — intimately "throaty" and "cooing." and often played solo during tear-jerking scenes in silent movies. A large part of the organ, however. is made up of the reed pipes of many shapes and sizes. These range from the powerful stentorphone to the delicate vox humana, and include the trumpet, cornet, trombone, clari- net, bugle. French horn, English horn, muted horn, basoon, concertina, tuba, saxophone, and a whole familv of organ oboes. If the organist wishes to play a passage of music "full organ," using all of the ranks coupled together, he does not have to reach up and flick all of the stop tabs. He has only to touch a pre-set button under the key- board— and so with all other stop registrations he may have selected beforehand for each of the key- boards. "Theatre-Organ Style" In general, theatre-organ music is distinguished from other kinds by its variety, use of the vibrato, open harmony, accented rhythm, and by a legato solo-type melody with glis- sandos to provide melting, gliding transitions from one note to an- other. The late Jesse Crawford, re- nowned self-taught organist at the old Chicago Theatre in silent-movie days, probably did more than any other organist to develop the char- acteristic style of theatre-organ music. The theatre organ is often called the "Mighty Wurlitzer" because Wurlitzer pipe organs were acknowl- edged leaders in the field. But there were many others, just as there used to be a dozen makes of projec- tors on the market in more pros- perous days. The Robert Morton organ, for example, was considered one of the very finest. The tonal beauty of its strings, tibias. and melodias has never been surpassed. Then there was the Marr & Colton. the Barton. Kilgen. Moller, and Kim- ball. Some of the orchestral organs used in theatres were modest 6- and 7-rank jobs; others were 20- and 30-rank giants. The Radio City Music Hall Wurlitzer. mightiest of all. comprises 58 ranks of pipework housed in eight large organ cham- bers ! The fascinating musical magic of many famous theatre organs, includ- ing the Music Hall colossus, is avail- able via SS^-RPM phonograph records, both monaural high-fidelity and stereophonic. And before com- menting on the content of some of these records, the writer wishes to transmit a word of warning to the unwary. Warning No. 1. Quite a few phono- graph records in the low-price cate- gory are inferior soundwise and, worse, are mislabeled and pirated. Special attention is directed to a long-play record titled "Organ Fan- tasies— Jesse Crawford." This in- cludes ten selections, five of which are played on an electronic organ by God-knows-whom, and the other five are re-recordings of the Keith Me- morial pipe organ in Boston played by John Kiley. The record jacket states specifically that this is all the music of Jesse Crawford — which is simply not true. Kiley's playing, by the way, has also been reissued on other discs as the work of "Merlin." Caveat emptor! — "Let the buyer be- ware!" Warning No. 2. An electronic organ is not an orchestral pipe organ. No electronic organ ap- proaches the theatre organ in tonal range, versatility, and beauty. The pipe organ has both sweetness and majesty; the electronic organ lacks in both qualities. No matter how skill- ful the organist, no matter how closely certain pipe-organ effects are imitated, the synthetic character and musical limitations of the electronic organ are always apparent. This is a point worth keeping in mind, inas- much as several famous organists have recorded on both types of in- strument, and the record labels do not always tell which has been used. Only true orchestral pipe-organ re- cordings are reviewed below. Never- theless, we recognize the importance of the electronic organ in its own field, particularly for novelty jazz. One of the most "organ-sounding" electronic-organ recordings we have heard recently is "Organ Songs We Love" played by Eddie Baxter on the lowrey Organ. I Dot DIP-25435. stereo. ) It is very good and suitable for theatre use. but it is still an electronic organ. A Few Long-Play Pipe-Organ Records Suitable for the Theatre Note: Records are rated for their suitability for theatre use as follows. *** Just great. ** Pretty good. * Only fair, or of limited useful- ness. *** POET AT THE PIPE ORGAN, Jesse Crawford. Decca DL-8565 (mon- aural). Irving Berlin's best oldies master- fully interpreted by the late Jesse Craw- ford at his finest. The sensitive artistry of the "poet of the organ" is displayed on the Lorin Whitney Studio Pipe Organ. (Needle-tracking difficulties have been noted with this disc if the record player is not perfectly level.) Highly recom- mended. ** THE SOUND OF JESSE CRAW- FORD, Jesse Crawford. Decca DL-4028 (monaural). Broadway and movie show tunes of more recent vintage styled by the inimitable Crawford in a somewhat slow and pensive tempo. ** OVER THE RAINBOW, Jesse Craw- ford. Decca DL-8984 (monaural). A treasure chest of dreamily romantic Craw- ford stylings of older popular stand-bys. Crawford's tempo is terribly slow, unlike his playing 30-some years ago. Hear this record and use your own judgment as to the film programs suited to its use. * GOLDEN OPERA FAVORITES, Jesse Crawford. Decca DL-4301 (monaural). An impeccable disc, but accorded only one star here only because as it seems just a mite too "classical" for routine use in the theatre. It comprises well-known melo- dies from grand opera (whence come some of our very best tunes), and is suitable for a subdued dramatic mood. If you ap- preciate a very fine pipe organ played by a real maestro, listen to this one whether you play it in the theatre or not ! ** PIPE ORGAN MAGIC, Jesse Craw- ford. RCA Camden CAL-300 (monaural). Wow, get a load of that slinky siren on the jacket! No, Jesse Crawford didn't look anything like that. She must be the International Projectionist February, 1963 goddess of the organ materialized for our visual delectation. The jacket doesn't say so, but this interesting disc is a re-recording of Mr. Crawford's 78's made on the old Victor Orthophonic label more than 30 years ago. You will hear perennial pop tunes in Crawford's old-time '"movie" style on the Chicago Theatre Wurlitzer. I compare this disc with the original 78's in my col- lection, and found the re-recording job well done. Some of the songs, not often heard nowadays, are certain to awaken memories. *** COMMAND PERFORMANCE, George Wright. Life L-1006 (stereo). IP has received many requests for the titles and catalog numbers of Wright's organ recordings, making it apparent that IP's projectionist readers have an ear for the very best in organ music. Yes, George Wright is universally considered to be one of the best theatre organists of all time. His playing is dramatically exciting, tonally varied, and gorgeously phrased. Under the enchanting spell of his artistry, the organ comes to life and speaks with the voices of celestial orchestras. How can one artist, with only two feet and ten fingers, summon forth such audio magic from the pipes of the organ? Well, it's nothing short of genius — the genius of a master musician who possesses the heaven- sent ability of translating mood and feel- ing into audible terms. COMMAND PER- FORMANCE is Wright at his best, but no better than he is in the following discs, also highly recommended. George Wright is always at his best — and the best of all! *** GEORGE WRIGHT PLAYS THE MIGHTY WURLITZER PIPE ORGAN, George Wright. Hifirecord R-701 (stero). Like the foregoing and the following George Wright recordings, this is also available on a monaural long-play disc and on stereophonic tape. *** GEORGE WRIGHT ENCORES AT THE MIGHTY WURLITZER PIPE ORGAN, George Wright. Hifirecord R-702 (stereo) . *** GEORGE WRIGHT'S SHOWTIME, George Wright, Hifirecord R-708 (stereo). *** THE GEORGE WRIGHT SOUND, George Wright. Hifirecord R-710 (stereo). *** THE ROARING 20'S, George Wright. Hifirecord R-718 (stereo). *** THE GENIUS OF GEORGE WRIGHT, George Wright. Hifirecord R- 713 (stereo). *** HAVE ORGAN WILL TRAVEL, George Wright. Hifirecord R-721 (stereo). *** THE MIGHTY WURLITZER RE- MEMBERS THE GOOD OLD SONGS, Leonard Leigh. RCA Victor LSP-1795 (stereo). The Mighty Wurlitzer sure goes to town when Minneapolis' Leonard Leigh tickles the keyboards! Talk about organ magic — this one is pure musical sleight- of-hand ! The giant organ sheds its majesty and romps to toe-tapping glorifications of pre-World War I jazz. Sheer delight. ** GREAT LOVE THEMES, Dick Lei- bert. Reprise R-6037 (monaural). Dick Leibert needs no introduction. One of the greatest of theatre organists, he has been staff organist at the Radio City Music Hall for many years, and is also well known for his RCA Victor organ records and his many organ recitals throughout the country. In this record he treats us to some of the most famous love music of all time — themes from the classics which have been turned into popular melodies. Beautifully played on the great Radio City Music Hall Wurlitzer Organ, but just a tiny bit too "serious" to show off the tremendous tonal resources of that famous organ with solo registrations. High- ly recommended for a serious dramatic mood. *** THE FAMOUS RADIO CITY MUSIC HALL ORGAN, Ashley Miller. Columbia CS-8230 (stereo). Ashley Miller and Dick Leibert are equally talented organists, but in this disc Miller dis- plays the tonal possibilities of the world's mightiest Wurlitzer to better advantage because his selections are more varied than Leibert's in the preceding record. Organist Miller's artistry treats us to glorious renditions of both old and new pop tunes on one side of this beautifully recorded disc, to exciting "theatrical" waltzes on the other. *** GUS FARNEY AT THE GIANT FIVE -MANUAL WURLITZER PIPE ORGAN, Gus Farney. Warner Bros. WS- 1409 (stereo). Sometimes jazzy, some- times sentimental, this disc is just about the best sampling of real theatre-organ music you can get. And no wonder! Gus Farney was employed by the Wurlitzer people in the days of silent movies to perform the Opening Night Concert at the new Wurlitzer Organ installations. Master Organist Farney's musical magic can now be yours for the price of a record. (Continued on Page 14) c^d^SrS ® What it does (Patent Vending) Trademark registered and copyrighted. Patent applied for. The C. S. Ashcraft Mfg. Co., Inc. 36-32 Thirty Eighth Street, Long Island City, N. Y. WHAT the Ashcraft CORE- LITE Arc Lamp does, makes more sense than HOW it does it. So, ask any National Theatre Supply Com- pany man to tell you WHAT the Ashcraft CORE-LITE Arc Lamp does and he will give you an earful of facts. Like this. The CORE-LITE will increase your screen side-lighting 75 to 1QO% . . . and can prove it! Or like this. The CORE-LITE will save more carbons than you can shake a stick at. 35% savings can be expected, 50% is not unusual. And he will prove it in indoor or drive-in theatres, using existing screens and lenses. Call or write him NOW! International Projectionist February, 1963 Projectionist Profile . . . Ernest Lang Secretary of Local 306, A Dedicated Man to the Labor Movement New York's Moving Picture Machine Operators Union Local 306 rates high among the unions where the rule is democracy. And the major credit for that is Ernest Lang, elected secretary in 1947, and his stalwart fellow members. Just to name a few, Harry Garfman, Steve D'Inzillo, respectively business agents for Brooklyn and New York. Ernie Lang's other religion is the labor movement. He's an idealist where the union brotherhood is con- cerned. He told his interviewer "that the union movement should be free of corruption, bossism and dictators and self-seeking leaders or officers." Lang's door is open to 306 mem- bers, and the members can have their say or gripes at the business meet- ings. In the old days of the local that was not the case. The leaders took control and the members could like or not. Lang became actively en- gaged in the struggle in Local 306. His aim was to destroy these evils and all the benefits for the member- ship of a democratic ruled union with sincere and honest officals. Ever since Lang's membership in 306 — he joined the Local in 1933 — he has studied the labor movement by taking extra courses, so his union dedication is honest and real. He was on the executive board of 306 before he was elected secretary. Now he is responsible for the Welfare and Pension Funds (over $2,000,- 000), negotiation of new contracts and the busy business of the Local. Under his leadership not a cent rides on the Funds. Lang gets to his office at 262 W. 50 St. at 9 a.m. and he is lucky if his quitting time is 10 p.m. One time this reporter was in Langs office the wife of a projectionist who was a member of 306 told Ernie about her family troubles and wanted Lang to speak to her husband to be more careful and considerate of his wife and their children. That same BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE Free Test Samples J day a member got Lang on the phone. It seems he got a divorce and wanted to change the beneficiary of his 306 death benefit. Ernie Lang has joined numerous fraternal and charitable organiza- tions. The Projectionist Square Club is giving Lang a Gold Card for his activity in the Club. He instituted the Will Rogers Hos- pital donation whereby carbon drip- pings yield hundreds of dollars a year to Will Rogers Memorial Hos- pital and Research Laboratory. Lang devotes his time to the campaign to get the copper from the odds and ends of the carbon from the city's theatre booths. His friends in the Local collect the carbons from Man- hattan, Brooklyn and Queens on their own time. He is very proud of the plaque on which Will Rogers gave him a citation. Local 306 operates with a part-time president since 1959. Ernie Lang, Harry Garfman and Steve D'Inzillo comprise the working executives. They had the foresight 10 years ago, when television was raising hell with theatre attendance, to slow down on new members. As a matter of fact now, on a membership of 16,000, about 70% of the membership is above retirement age. That's why the contract in 1962 with theatres Local 306 negotiators insisted on raising from 10% to 15% for the welfare and pension funds. Incidentally that 1962 pact 6-year raises the vacation from two weeks to three weeks in 1964, with a 5% increase in wages. About half of Greater New York theatres have closed since 1950. With a sick industry, the 1962 contract was all the 306 membership could expect, and without a strike, in which the projectionists would lose pay; the unions around the country have congratulated the negotiators. Ernest Lang's forebearers were Hungarians. He went to public grade and high schools in New York City and had two years of college. When ninf* ff?»nf»T» wi'iwwtt* Ernest- Lang he was in college he worked as a reel boy and as a projectionist in theatres in Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens. His favorite hobby is hunt- ing for deer. He can prove that he's a good shot by the mounted antlered buck which adorns his office. iP Ruth E. Sherman, Official of IP, Dies NEW YORK— Ruth E. Sherman, widow of Harry I. Sherman, past president of the 25-30 Club, New York, and long-time official of IATSE locals in the New York area, died recently. Operating Internation- al Projectionist for many years fol- lowing the death of her husband, Mrs. Sherman was serving as a con- sultant and official of IP at the time of her death. iP William J. German, Industry Film Veteran, Will Retire This Year NEW YORK— William J. German, an associate of the Eastman Kodak Co. for the last 57 years and since 1922 a distributor of professional film to the industry, has announced that he will retire at the end of 1963. It is expected that at that time the distribution of its films will be con- ducted directly by Eastman Kodak Co. Eastman expects to continue to operate from the New York. Los Angeles, and Chicago metropolitan areas, with no substantial change in operational methods. The many users of Eastman film who purchased film WM»^^«4 CARBONS INC., BOONTON, N. J. [tf..»....t|1|fr.... , , STEADIER LIGHT LESS ATTENTION PERFECT COLOR BALANCE Free Carbon Chart International Projectionist February, 1963 >fc .^ through German will be able to do so in substantially the same fashion from Eastman. Mr. German was first associated with Eastman in 1906 and in 1922 he joined the late Jules Brulatour as the distributor of Eastman raw film to the nation's motion picture produ- cers. Jules Brulatour, Inc., was form-, ed in 1924 with Brulatour as presi- dent until his death in 1946. At that time German succeeded as president. In 1952 German negotiated the purchase of Brulatour interests and incorporated two firms under his own name in Fort Lee, N. J., and in Cali- fornia. German's firm continued as supplier to the motion picture indus- try and captured a large slice of the burgeoning television business. He also supplied film for commercial users and to the U. S. government. Well-liked throughout the industry, he was frequently honored by trade groups for the contributions, both in time and money, to charity and wel- fare organizations. In his 41 years of direct associa- tion with the motion picture indus- try, German has become one of its most widely known and prominent figures. He has been honored in New York and in California by industry and trade groups as well as industry charity and welfare organizations. He has been closely affiliated with a host of humanitarian activities. His business is not limited to the motion picture industry since film was sold and distributed to the bur- geoning television industry from its outset, as well as to industrial con- cerns and governmental agencies. Shipments were made to practically all of the states of this country. In the years that German has been associated with the motion picture industry many wide changes took place. He spanned the era of the silent pictures, the advent of sound pictures, the second World War, and, finally, television. When the first distributed film there were essentially two kinds of black and white film available. Today. W. J. German. Inc., carries in its inventory more than three hundred different kinds of Eastman black and white and East- man color films, and upon special order can make available to its users about 50 additional kinds of Eastman films. Looking back over the years, Ger- man commented that his biggest re- ward during his years in business was in the many friends which he made. "These years have been rich and rewarding for me because of the won- derful people I have come to know International Projectionist February, 1963 and who have become my friends," German said. "These were people with extraordinary imagination and genius who enriched the lives, and are continuing to enrich the lives of all of us in this country and abroad. They utilized the technology and the scientific advances available to them to create the greatest form of enter- tainment yet developed by man which is able to be shared by so many people. Movies, from the days of the silent pictures to the present, continue their magical hold on all people of all nations. I am optimistic that in the future, as in the past, the movies will continue as a great source of entertainment and influence through- out the world. "From the beginning of the motion picture industry in this country, Eastman Kodak has made significant contributions throughout the years to the progress of the industry through its great products. The future holds as much promise as the past in the development of film products by the Kodak Co. Eastman films will be better than ever in the years to come," he concluded. iP ■ ■■:;- V:*-' *:": JWV< TIP1 SPEED IN PROJECTION Kollmorgen lenses rate tops in the motion picture industry. Used exclusively with Cinerama, they are standard equipment in more than 70% of American theaters. High light uniformity and less light loss on the screen — the whole screen — are typ- ical of the outstanding performance of super snapliteB1 lenses. Other advantages that add up to supe- rior screening with super snaplite are: Wire sharp contrast Uniform illumination Crystal clarity Wide range of focal lengths Sealed construction II : 4, Bulletin 222 describes Kollmorgen lenses in detail. See your equip- ment dealer, or write us direct. CORPORATION NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Century Projector Announces New Series of Projectors, Sound Systems NEW YORK— A new series of Di- rect Drive projector mechanisms and sound reproducers, to be known as Series M. has been made available to the theatre trade by Century Projec- tor Corporation. THE VERY.FJUSEST PROJECTOR ' PARTS i 4635 WEST LAKE ST., CHICAGO, ILLINOIS PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. 10 Frank E. Cahill, Jr., Century's dis- tribution vice president, stated that the mechanisms are completely new in design and that both the projector mechanism and the sound mechan- isms were designed to complement each other and will not be marketed separately. Sold as a combination. Cahill stated, the mechanisms "are the answer to the industry's long felt need for an integrated direct drive assembly." Proved Gear Arrangement The background and history in the development of the gear arrangement which has proven to be reliable over 25 years of operation were comment- ed upon by Cahill, who said that the present day sound reproducer is an addition to the motion picture pro- jector, not a part of a complete and logical mechanical design. The speeds of the several shafts in projectors and sound reproducers now in use were dictated by the de- sign of the original hand-cranked projectors and were never intended for motorized operation. Also is the fact that motion picture projectors were operated at 16 frames per sec- ond and then increased to 24 frames per second without adequate re-de- signs of bearings, shafts, etc. to with- stand the increased motorized speeds. A large number of these projectors are still in use. All this has been taken into con- sideration in designing the new Cen- tury direct drive projectors. Cahill said. At the recent Allied-Tesma conven- tion in Cleveland, Century Projector Corp. introduced and displayed this new arrangement for coupling the projector mechanism and sound re- producer together. This new drive incorporates additional features which result in optimum quietness with stable, vibration-free perform- ance, safe and dependable operation. Cahill added. Easily Adapted The New Century drive is said to be easily adapted for interlock or synchronous operation with separate sound reproducers or interlocked to- gether for 3-D projection. Because the main drive shaft of the projector mechanism operates at 1440 RPM ( in exact synchronism with the shutter shaft ) interlock motors are easily attached with simple 1:1 pulleys. Because of the direct drive coupl- ing between the mechanism and the sound reproducer in the new series it is no longer necessary to utilize a timing belt drive between the motor and reproducer, nor from the repro- ducer to the projector mechanism. Therefore the requirements for stable, quiet mechanical operation are ful- filled without troublesome multiple gear trains, excess gears and extra belts. Analysis of features ( 1 ) Direct Drive Projector Mech- anism ( a ) The PROJECTOR Main Drive Shaft Speed is now 1440 RPM ( same as the Shutter Shaft I . ( b ) Good mechanical designs dic- tate that high speed gears driving low speed gears are advantageous for many reasons. In other words, speed reduction should be used whenever possible. The new Century gear arrangement progresses with mechanical stability from the motor, operating at 1765 RPM. to the main drive of the projec- tor at 1440 RPM. Then a step down in speed to the vertical shaft that now e tends not only upward through the projector but also downward through a flexible, isolation, coupling to the sound reproducer. This vertical shaft running through the mechanism and siund reproducer rotates at 720 RPM. At the several sprocket shafts the speed is further reduced to 360 RPM which is standard sprocket speed for 35mm projectors using standard 16-tooth sprockets. ( c ) Because of the direct drive coupling between the mechanism and the sound reproducer it is no longer necessary to utilize a timing belt drive between the motor and reproducer, nor from the repro- ducer to the projector mechanism. Therefore the requirements for stable, quiet mechanical operation are at last fulfilled without trouble- some multiple gear trains, excess gears, extra belts, etc. The Poly "V" belt incorporates six parallel "V" tracks running in space- saving pulleys especially grooved to mate precisely with the belt ribs. Thus the advantages of the smooth- ness of "V" belt drives is combined into 6 "V" belts operating together to give greater power efficiency and additional smoothness. Because the Mechanism is driven directly from the motor through the belt, fluctua- tions in load from the intermittent movement, sprocket shafts, etc. are not reflected to the sound reproducer. iP International Projectionist February. 1963 Norelco, Ballantyne Sign Agreement For Distribution of FP-20 Projector A major theatre equipment sales agreement has been announced be- tween North American Philips Com- pany, Inc., New York City and Bal- lantyne Instruments & Electronics, Inc. of Omaha, Neb., electronics di- vision of ABC Vending Corp. Ballantyne will become the major distributor for the Norelco Model FP- 20 35mm projector. The announcement was made by Niels Tuxen, general manager, Mo- tion Picture Equipment Division of North American Philips and bv J- Robert Hoff. executive vice president of Ballantyne. Projectors to Ballantyne The agreement calls for the pur- chase by Ballantyne of a large num- ber of Norelco 35mm projectors. Norelco. in turn, will purchase from Ballantyne certain assemblies and sub-assemblies for its projector line which Ballantvne will manufacture to Norelco specifications. Ballantyne will use the FP-20 pro- jectors for a lara;e number of indoor theatres already contracted for. In addition, the units will be adapted to accept high intensity lamps for use :i drive-in theatres. The Norelco units are considered to be among the most advanced on the market today and include the same engineering features as the Norelco 70/35mm model. Not only will the units conform to all Ameri- can standards, but they will contain some unique features for positioning and focusing of all makes of arc lamps, it was stated. Curved film gate FP - 20 features simple driving mechanisms with a minimum of transmission. It is said to be easy to thread with the smallest number of oarts included in the film path. It has a curved film gate and is suit- able for all 35mm films. It has double soeed. single blade shutters and a high liffht efficiency, the announce- ment said. In addition, the above projector can be supplied with facilities for remote focusing and framing. As a complete unit, the FP-20 incorporates the optical sound head on the same base with the proiector mechanism. Provision is made for a magnetic re- producer which is supplied as an op- tional feature. A water-cooled film gate is said to eliminate the problem of film buckl- ing. Mr Hoff said that the trade will be supplied under the existing teams ap- plicable to the sale of this projector. He also said that within a few weeks Ballantyne would announce a "revo- lutionary new concept in the market- ing of theatre equipment." iP PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSDORFF CARBON CORP. East McKeespor.t, j'a. How electrical noise is produced . . . calculated . . . measured . . . controlled Here are the basic facts about electrical noise — how it originates in circuits . . . what terms describe it . . . how to measure it . . . how to design circuits to minimize its undesirable effects. The physical nature of the various sources of noise are clearly de- scribed, including such sources as thermal agitation or resistance noise . . . shot noise in vacuum tubes and semiconductor junctions . . . noise from spontaneous emission of electromagnetic radiation . . . and noise in gas discharges. This practical book also explains auxiliary mathematical techniques, and discusses the relation of signal and noise in various types of communication systems. For ease in use, the simple tuned circuit associated with a device for measuring average power is made the basic tool for analyzing noise. ELECTRICAL 270 pages, 6x9 105 illustrations $10.00 By WILLIAM R. BENNETT Data Communications Consultant, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Each chapter in this helpful book begins in a simple, practical manner and works toward more complicated examples. For example, prop- erties of thermal noise and its relation to black- body radiation are deduced from basic laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. You also will find a clear treatment of elemen- tary quantum mechanics in discussions of the maser and of noise in semiconductors. And, in describing noise properties of various devices, the book fills in your working background with basic facts on junction diodes — transistors — gas discharge tubes— klystrons— traveling wave amplifiers— and others. Both independent and dependent noise sources are analyzed. In addition to the standard theory of noise figure and its significance, a treatment is given of the more comprehensive Haus-Adler theory of noise measure. Throughout, the book stresses the universality of noise-like phenomena. Noise formulas for diodes and transistors; noise gen- eration to meet specifications; design of ampli- fiers for minimum noise effects— these and many other topics "are covered. A comprehensive re- view of noise in the various methods of signal transmission such as amplitude modulation . . . frequency modulation . . . and the different kinds of pulse modulation is included. CONTENTS 1. General Properties of Noise 2. Thermal Noise 3. Distribution of Magnitudes in Noise Sources 4. Noise in Vacuum Tubes 5. Noise in Semiconductors 6. Noise in Electromagnetic Radiation 7. Noise-generating Equipment 8. Noise Measurements and Techniques 9. Design of Low-noise Equipment 10. Application of Fourier Analysis to Noise Problems 11. Noise in Communication Systems INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Please send me a copy of "Electrical Noise" by William R. Bennett. (I enclose $10.00.) Name Address City & State International Projectionist February, 1963 11 W. J. Cosby, J. R. Hoff Named To TESMA Board of Directors NEW YORK— W. J. (Bill) Cosby and J. Robert (Bob) Hoff have been appointed by TESMA president Larry Davee to the board of directors of that organization to fill unexpired terms of two resigned directors. Cosby will fill the unexpired term of V. j. (Jack) Nolan of National Carbon Co. and Hoff is to serve the unexpired term of Leonard Satz. Techikote Corp. Both directors re- signed because of press of business. Cosby, presently marketing man- ager, arc carbon products for Nation- al Carbon Co.. has been with that company since his graduation from Purdue in 1950. Cosby matriculated at Purdue, immediately upon his discharge from the U. S. Army Air Corps, in which he served as a bom- ber pilot in the European Theatre, as a 1st Lieutenant. Cosby started with National Car- bon as a salesman after undergoing the company's training course, was advanced to district sales manager in the Cleveland area. He came to New York three years ago as national sales manager for arc carbons in the theatre division and was advanced to his present job as marketing man- ager for all arc carbon products about a year ago. Hoff is a veteran in the theatre equipment manufacturing field and *tf 'LET'S TWIST"! Yes, That Easy to Use -No Tools Needed Just Twist The Stub In & Out . . . NO GRINDING— NO DIRT <»»* IF YOU ARE NOT USING The "Little Miser" Carbon Saver YOU are losing several Hundred Dollars Each Year! 4 Sizes 9-1 0-11 m.m. $3.00 Each 13.6m.m. $4.50 Each ORDER Now— Start Saving Money $$ (We Suggest 3 In Each Projection Room) LOU WALTERS Sales & Service Co. MOTION PICTURE EQUIPMENT EV 8-1550 4207 Lawnview Ave, Dallas 27, Texas is a veteran executive of TESMA. He was a practicing attorney and subsequently joined the Ballantyne Co. as sales manager following World War II, during which he served in the Navy. He has been a board mem- ber, vice-president and president of TESMA and has served on its board since TESMA's reorganization in 1946. Hoff presently is executive vicepresident of the Ballantyne In- strument & Electronics Co. and a member of the board of directors of ABC Vending Co.. the parent com- pany of Ballantyne. iP Radiant Represented At German Photokina Radiant Manufacturing Corp., world's largest producer of projection screens for home, school and indus- try, will again participate in the International Photokina Exposition, March 16-24 at Cologne, Germany. Being introduced for the first time is a new. low priced tripod screen with silver lenticular surface. Radiant pioneered in the development of len- ticular surfaces and through its modern, fully automated plant has now brought the price within most budgets. The silver lenticular surface has achieved popularity around the world because it provides brilliant pictures over a wide angle of view both in darkened and partly lighted rooms. iP SMPTE SETS MEETING PROGRAM; LITTLE ON PROJECTION EDUCATION NEW YORK— A wide range of motion picture and television techni- cal topics will be discussed when scientists and engineers meet this spring at the Traymore Hotel in Atlantic City, N. J..' April 21-26. for the 93rd seminannual convention of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers. Subjects of interest to projection- ists include: "Application of Motion Pictures and Television to Education" under 0. S. Knudsen of Iowa State Univer- sity. "New Instrumentation in Tele- vision" under R. L. Pointer of Ameri- can Broadcasting Co.. New York. "New Technology of 8mm Com- mercial Motion Pictures" under Dr. C. Loren Graham. Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester. N. Y. In a move to accommodate an increasing number of industrial firms and government agencies requesting exhibit facilities at its 93rd Conven- tion, the SMPTE has. arranged for an additional 1,500 sq. ft. of display space. The equipment exhibit will include a variety of high-speed and instru- mentation devices, film laboratory control and processing tools, tele- vision cameras, television tape and film recording equipment, as well as special motion-picture and tele- vision devices and 8mm motion- picture equipment. Among those manufacturers that have already contracted for display space at the convention are the fol- 12 lowing: Animation Equipment Com- pany; Arriflex Corp. of America: Bell & Howell Co.; Birns & Sawyer Cine Equipment Co.: CBS Labora- tories: Camera Equipment Co.: Camera Mart; Canon Camera Co. of Japan; ColorTran Industries; Com- prehensive Service Corp.; Ehren- reich Optical Industries; Elgeet Optical Co.: Filmline Corp.: Oscar Fisher Co.: Florman & Babb, Inc.: Hi-Speed Equipment Co. ; Hollywood Film Co.: Houston-Schmidt. Ltd. of Canada: Lipsner-Smith Corp.; Mag- nasync. Inc. ; Motion Picture Enter- prises; Photo-Sonics, Inc.; Precision Laboratories; Quick-Set. Inc.; Shiba Electric Co. of Japan; S.O.S. Photo- Cine-Optics; Sylvania Electric Pro- ducts; Time Automated Mfg.. Inc.: Wollensak Division. Revere Camera Co.: and Zoomar. Inc. IP Motion Pictures Being Lost Through Neglect Large numbers of historically significant motion pictures are deter- iorating through neglect. John Flory. Eastman Kodak non-theatrical film advisor, told participants at the 92nd convention of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers at Chicago's Drake Hotel. "Mile after mile of motion picture film is turned out each year for fic- tional, informational, and documen- tary productions," Flory said. "Little is being done to preserve these im- portant records of our times. A coor- February, 1963 International Projectionist dinated, national program of motion picture archives is desperately need- ed." Flory commended the work of the Library of Congress, the National Archives, several private museums, and a number of government agen- cies. But he said that these few insti- tutions could not cope with the econ- omic and engineering problems posed by ever increasing numbers of films. '"The current output of new motion pictures in the U. S. is nearly 30,000 per year," he said, "more than double the number of books published an- nually in this country." "We will reach a point-of-no-return unless orderly channels can be set up to cope with the problems of housing, preserving, and cataloging this material," Flory stated. "The task is too great for one or a small number of groups. It must be under- taken at local, state, regional, and national levels." Flory recommended a broad pro- gram to include : 1 ) efforts to make archivists more aware of the histori- cal significance of film; 2) better dissemination of technical informa- tion; 3) the development of person- nel qualified to serve as film archi- vists; 4) the collection of films by specialized institutions; 5) the col- lection and publication of a list of institutions where films exist; and 6 1 an immediate catalog of films now held in archives. iP Harwald Develops "Coordinator" for Auto. Film Inspection A further stride in the automation of motion picture film inspection and maintenance is offered in the new dual-unit "coordinator" developed by the Harwald Co.. Evanston, 111., manufacturer, to increase the effici- ency and reduce worker fatigue in film libraries where one man operates two of the firm's widely used film inspection and cleaning machines. The new coordinator unit is designed to fill the corner created by two adjacent Inspect-O-Film machines set at right angles to each other. It adds to their already ample table space, keeps a record of the time each machine has been run, and affords an indisputable graphic paper record of an inspected film's physical con- dition. When an expert inspector works by hand he passes the film slowly through his gloved fingers to "feel" for tears, thick spices, burned frames, punch marks, bad sprocket holes — the machine does all this automatical- ly by means of jewelled feelers with an electronic control that stops a film instantly, without coasting, whenever such defects appear. Fur- thermore, it does this many times faster than the most expert manual inspector, and much more accurately. Professional engineering counsel is offered on all film inspection and cleaning problems, and on film library layout and operating routines, on a non-obligation collect phone- call basis, to Evanston, 111. Area Code 312, DAvis 8-7070. iP SOS Has New Front Projector Editor NEW YORK— A new way of direct front projection editing by means of a small bench or table mounted unit has been announced by S.O.S. Photo- Cine-Optics, Inc. This device, mea- suring 7 in. by 6 in. by 7 in. is said to project a large image without flicker or distortion. Called the S.O.S. Projectola, it is designed for viewing by a number of persons simultaneously. A four element projection lens with front objective 40mm diameter com- prises the optical system which has been coated and corrected for high illumination and sharp, brilliant pictures. The film guiding elements have grooves for the picture and sound- track, thus safegarding the film against damage and ensuring uni- formly sharp pictures with forward, reverse or still projection. Little adjustment is required. The gate holds the picture in focus at all times. The S.O.S. Projectola for 16mm silent and sound films, left to right operation, including lamp and pro- jection case sells for $169.50. Re- winds, rods and a splicing table for the unit cost $29.95 additional. iP MARTIN KIRCHNER SPRINGFIELD, MO. — Martin A. Kirchner, 63, suffered a fatal heart attack while working at the Gillioz Theatre here. He had been employed at the Gillioz since it opened 36 years ago. Mr. Kirchner was a member of IA local 447, Springfield, for most of that time. Surviving are his widow. Edna M.. two daughters, a brother, two sisters and two grandchildren. A. J. Hatch of Strong Electric Details Xenon Lamp to Dealers CLEVELAND— The place of the new Xenon projection lamp in motion picture theatres was the sub- ject of an address by Arthur J. Hatch, president of the Strong Elec- tric Corp., before more than 30 inde- pendent theatre supply dealers at a special meeting at the Allied-TESMA TEDA meet at the Sheraton-Cleve- land. Hatch also presented a low current economy model projection lamp. k The dealers were briefed on the Strong sales policy, new prices and discounts. Cliff Callender, sales manager discussed the blown arc type lamp and cold type reflectors. William White, sales, and Harold Plumadore, projection lighting engineer, were also in attendance. A question and answer session also was on the pro- gram. Dealers registered at this special session included Jack Dusman of Baltimore; Hal Hornstein of Miami; George Hornstein, New York City; Lou Walters. J. H. Elders and J. C. Skinner, Dallas; Joe Birdwell, El Paso; Dick Sutton, Des Monies; William Edmondson and A. E. Geis- sler. Atlanta; Harold Wayne and Tom Graham. Charlotte; H. J. Ringold, Grand Rapids: Roy Smith, Jacksonville; Vivian Harwell, Birm- ingham; S. L. Contos. Lou Watke, and J. E. Miller, Los Angeles; A. Weiss and N. Lubich, Cleveland; Al Boudouris. Toledo; Bob Tanker- sley, Denver; Phil Wicker, Greens- boro; John Kinney, Detroit; Al Morton, Houston; Ernest J. Comi and Peter E. Comi, Boston; Armond Besse, Montreal. . IP Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. International Projectionist February, 1963 13 THEATRE ORGAN ** EDDIE LAYTON AT THE MIGHTY WURLITZER. Eddie Lay ton. Mercury SR- 60105 (stereo). Old and new pops played on the organ in the broadcasting studio above the Music Hall, not the giant organ in the Radio City Music Hall, itself. The added percussive accompaniment seems unnecessary, considering the percussive re- sources of a theatre organ. One of the numbers ("I'm a Little Teapot") is musi- cally a mess; another ("Baubles, Bangles, and Beads") is spoiled by the presence of low frequencies which may cause groove-skipping and other tracking diffi- culties. Most of this record is very good, however. PIPES AND PEDALS, Charles Rand. Coronet CXS-152 (stereo). Classical melo- dies somberly and unimaginatively styled. Definitely too "'churchy" for the theatre. Limited display of organ voices, and no vibrato is used. As might be expected, Handel's "Largo," famous showpiecs for the classical organ, is present, but cut off in the middle of a bar at the end of the second side! From the musical point of view, this is equivalent to de- capitating Handel, himself. I cannot re- commend this record, and mention it only because so many stores have it on their "bargain" shelves. ** ORGAN MAGIC, Kenneth Lane. Tops L-1707 (monaural). Standard pop tunes well played on the Palace Theatre organ. *** SOPHISTICATED PIPES, Don Baker. Capitol T-1171 (monaural). The famous organist Don Baker has never been heard to better advantage on a recording. His superbly masterful stylings are redo- lent of the dramatic eloquence we associ- ate with the theatre organ. This is a thrilling and often haunting evocation of organ moods on the beautiful Robert Morton pipe organ, considered by many to be the finest theatre organ ever made. Marvelous! *** AMERICA'S FAVORITE ORGAN HITS, Don George. Reprise R-6008 (mon- aural). Meltingly moody interpretations of older pops very beautifully played by a master of the theatre organ. Wonder- fully enjoyable. * LEON BERRY AT THE GIANT WURLITZER ORGAN, VOL. 4, Leon Berry. Audio Fidelity AFSD-5845 (stereo). The Wurlitzer recorded on this disc is not exactly a giant, but a rather small one located in the basement of Organist Berry's home near Chicago. The great variety of percussion attachments which have been added to this organ are overdisplayed, making the older pop tuns distinctly mechanical and unexpressive in rendition. JOHN KILEY PLAYS BIG PIPE ORGAN, VOL. I, John Kiley. Diplomat 2203 ( monaural ) . Old standards and chestnuts muddied by "nervous" phrasing and a tiresomely "quivery" pipe organ which doesn't seem to be quite in tune — the "calliope" in the Keith Memorial Theatre, Boston. Not even one star for this record. JOHN KILEY PLAYS BIG PIPE ORGAN, VOL. II, John Kiley. Diplomat 2207 (monaural). It may be only a matter of personal taste, but this writer feels that Vol. 1 (above) is quite enough. Kiley's phrasing often appears nervously hurried, and some of the melody chords seem con- fused. But perhaps the organist is not so much to blame as the organ. The vibrato 14 from page 7 is so excessively quivery that tonal purity is lost and some of the pipes sound slightly out of tune. The music some- how fails to "communicate," and tends to become irritatingly tiresome as it goes on — and on and on. MAGIC FINGERS OF MERLIN, Mer- lin. Grand Prix K-141 (monaural). Mer- lin's fingers are not nearly as magical as his identity. All the selections on one side of this disc are duplicated exactly by numbers on John Kiley's Diplomat 2203, and all on the other side by Kiley's Diplo- mat 2207. They are exactly the same. The out-of-tune vibrato is the same, and this reviewer's estimation of the music is the same. Worse than this, five of Kiley's Diplomat renditions have popped up on ORGAN FANTASIES— JESSE CRAWFORD (Spin- orama S-102). John Kiley may be Merlin, but he is not Jesse Crawford! Organ recordings with precussive accompaniments (bongo drums, traps, cowbells, rattles, etc.) are not recommended for use where theatre- organ solos are desired. In general, these percussion-accompaniment re- cords sacrifice musical quality to show off high-fidelity recording or the stereophonic effect. These are "sound samples," not works of music, and hence generally fail to perform the functions of music, which are esthetic, not scientific. There is no place for these in the theatre. There may be a difference of opin- ion with regard to organ music ac- companied by some other instrument — a piano, harp, saxophone, harmon- ica, etc. Many people feel that the organ is sufficient unto itself, and that no independent accompaniment is needed. Pianos and harps, for example, are built into most pipe organs, and may be played from the keyboard by the organist. An inde- pendent accompanist tends to subdue the organ because the organist, aware of the power of his instrument, is always on guard against "drowning out" the accompanist. A full organ played with the swell pedal open is even louder than a large orchestra! If you want to try out something a bit off the beaten track of indepen- dently accompanied pipe organ, how- ever, vou mav find ORGAN IN THE MODERN MANNER by Perry Bur- gette with trio of pleasing listening experience. ( Hi-Life HLS-36, stereo. ) It features organ stylings of romantic favorites with instrumental accom- paniments sandwiched between the straight organ solos on the disc. And there is something strangely be- witching about the organ — fluty and celestially remote like music from the stars. An odd one, but worth trying. iP Skouras Building Theatre in New York Suburb NEW YORK — Skouras Theatres Corp., will build a theatre in Lefrak City, near Rigo Park, Queens, Long Island, it was announced by Salah M. Hassanein. president of the cir- cuit. The theatre will be located in the heart of a vast apartment house complex which is presently under construction by the Lefrak Organiza- tion. According to Mr. Hassanein, the theatre will be one of the most luxur- ious showcases ever built in the metropolitan area. Included in the plan is provision for roof-top parking with direct access to the theatre. The attraction signs will face the Long Island Expressway. iP New Brochure A new brochure on a complete line of incandescent and carbon arc spot- lights for theatres has just been pro- duced by the Strong Electric Corp. It includes a description and illus- tration of each model, together with range of focal length lens system, and specifications. A copy will be sent to anyone ad- dressing a request to the Strong Electric Corp.. 31 City Park Avenue, Toledo 1, Ohio. iP Sound Service Men Get Wage Increase Sound service engineers employed by Altec and RCA this month are re- ceiving first benefits of a two-step wage increase negotiated by the IATSE general office. The raise amounts to $5 per week for 1963. to be followed by another $2.50 in 1964. That will bring the minimum weekly pay of IA sound men to $160. The automobile allowance has been increased from 7c to 8c per mile. Special meal periods have been pro- vided, and the clause covering com- pensation for work on holidays has been strengthened. The contracts with Altec and RCA normally become the pattern for later settlements with other sound service companies. iP MONTHLY CHAT (Continued from Page 3) of today's new developments in screen presentation. It's time for the film industry to launch a public rela- tions campaign to recognize the the- atre projectionist as an important man in the film house. iP International Projectionist February, 1063 » AUTHORITATIVE » COMPREHENSIVE » PRACTICAL Acclaimed by leading technicians in the industry as the most comprehen- sive and down-to-earth handbook pub- lished to date on the subject of motion picture projection. Ideally suited for study and reference by your opera- tors. ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION HANDY 51/2" x 8l/2" SIZE — 450 PAGES ILLU STRATED CROSS INDEXED FOR EASY REFERENCE *k Here is one of the most help- ful works ever published for the motion picture projection- ist. A handsomely bound and profusely illustrated compila- tion of the BEST of the Robert A. Mitchell articles that have appeared in "International Projectionis t," revised, brought up to date. * The author covers clearly and thoroughly every aspect of motion picture projection, pre- senting his material in easily understood language — not too technical, yet technically ac- curate. The Manual is divided in 8 sections and contains 30 chapters — a valuable refer- ence work no progressive pro- jectionist should be without. ! SECTION HEADINGS (1) Film; (2) The Projector; (3) Projection-Optics. Screens: (4) The Arc Lamp; (5) General Projection Practice; (6) Motors, Generators, and Rectifiers; (7) Sound Reproduction Systems; (8) Projection of Color and 3-D Films, Formulas. ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY * USE THIS HANDY FORM INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Gentlemen: please send me copy (copies of ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION. Enclosed is my check (or money-order) for $ NAME ADDRESS $6.oo per copy including postage CITY STATE International Projectionist February, 1963 15 WHY PAY 25% MORE FOR PROJECTION LAMPS AND RECTIFIERS? SAVE BIG MONEY PROOF: (See any published list prices of all makes) on LOW CURRENT • HIGH INTENSITY PROJECTION LAMPS AND BI-POWR RECTIFIER See Your Independent Theatre Supply Dealer Today or send for details on this complete booth equipment BY FAR THE LOWEST IN COST and having every desirable feature, is WORTH MANY TIMES THE PRICE YOU GET MORE LIGHT AND RADICALLY CUT OPERATING COSTS Here's why: -Ar Burns a 20-inch (not just a 17%") black 11 mm. positive carbon at 85 amperes, consuming only 7 inches per hour, insuring 214 hours' operation at only 15.7c per hour. Projects about 10% MORE SNOW WHITE LIGHT than lamps burning 8 mm. copper coated carbons at 70 amperes, which costs 23c per hour. • OBTAINS SCREEN UNIFORMITIES OF UP TO 100% • FULL 18-INCH DIAMETER REFLECTOR. An Optical System Acknowledged To Have No Peer In Efficiency. • Both positive and negative drive motors are Bodine geared head— the finest. Each motor has a separate feed controL ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 City Park Avenue • Toledo I, Ohio The World's Largest Manufacturer of Carbon Arc Lamps ALWAYS FIRST with new and efficient developments. INTERNATIONAL iitilMP j* Daniel Rehklau and Art Partis of IA Local 228 check Strong Electric Corp. lamps — Story on page 8. (X896°) UOTSTAXa *z>vzo sssj3uoo jo iCiBiqx'i MARCH VOLUME 38 40c A COPY 1963 NUMBER 3 $3.00 A YEAR SHARP NEGATIVES RATE SHARP PRINTS! That's the only way to get and hold audience attention-to do full justice to a script. Answer: Go Eastman all the way— negative and print-stock. And give the print-maker time to do his job right. Also, in the case of questions— production, processing, projec- tion—always get in touch with Eastman Technical Service. For more information, write or phone: Motion Picture Film Department, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, Rochester 4, N. Y. Or— for the purchase of film: W. J. German, Inc. Agents for the sale and distribution of Eastman Professional Film for Motion Pictures and Television, Fort Lee, N. J., Chicago, III., Hollywood, Calif. EASTMAN FILM International Projectionist March 1963 INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 March, 1963 No. 3 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher RAY GALLO Executive Publisher AL BLOOM Managing Editor TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor RAY GALLO ASSOCIATES National Advertising Representatives 545 Fifth Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. Telephone Murrayhill 7-7746 (Area Code 203) IN THIS ISSUE Arc Lamps and Power 4 By ROBERT A. MITCHELL The Cover Story 8 Theatres arrd Pay TV 10 Letters to the Editor 12 New Cinerama Theatre 15 "Talaria" for Pay TV 16 News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co. division of The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6 1 74, Minneapo'is 24, Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA — McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United Stotes, Canada, and U. S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5.00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.00 per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in signed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. 1 VVVVV%VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV%VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWVM MONTHLY CHAT vvvvv»v»vvvvvvvvvv»vvvv»»vv»v»v»vvvvvv»v»vvvvvvvvww< FILM HANDLING BEGINS AT HOME No useful purpose would be served at this stage by opening up the perennial question: who is responsible for the poor condition of prints which are delivered to the theatres — the projectionists or the exchanges? Leaving aside the exchange's lack of care, a minority of operators, so the conscientious projectionists say, mutilate the prints with cue marks and sloppy patches and badly done repairs. The projectionist knows that the print and his equip- ment is the bloodstream of the film industry, because the paying customer sees the print the operator is project- ing and that is what the customer will see whether its perfect print or a scratchy and mutilated one. So the good craftsman will handle the print carefully in the many operations in the booth, such as its inspec- tion, projection, rewinding, repair and storage. The consensus of veteran projectionists is that about eight operators in ten will handle the film with the utmost care in addition to the operations in the booth such as repair of breaks, badly made splices and tears. So he can send it to the next projectionist in runable condition at least. Then maybe the laggards in the booths have been disgusted in the prints delivered to the theatre; have gotten tired of spending two or three hours to put the prints in running condition. Maybe the exchanges could give a good lesson to the minority of operators who don't handle film with care by delivering prints in fine run- ning condition. The laggards in the booth have the per- fect alibi for continuing their slouchy ways if the ex- changes have the very same attitude. While there is just as much need from the projection- ists to exercise greatest care in handling prints as for exchanges to do so. There is one factor of negligence which is more glaring when the fault is with the ex- change. The exchange is the real sponsor of the picture and should set a good example by seeing that the print is in good running condition before delivering it to the theatre. The Projectionist Responsible But the projectionist is responsible for screening a picture for the theatre customers in the best condition with the poor or good print and the condition of his equipment. The projectionist has to be conscientious in inspect- ing the film when it's first delivered, and repair breaks and loose splices to put the print in running condition. The boothmen are responsible from the minute the print is delivered to the time that it goes out of the projection room. It's their responsibility to carefully handle the print during its operation in the projection booth. The big city showcase houses do not have the print- problem the subsequent runs do, but patrons of the subse- quent run theatres pay the admission price and their right to see the same picture is as valid as the city folks, because the picture is advertised in the national magazines as glowingly as in the city newspapers. Sad to say, many of the subsequent run theatres have worn-out projectors, lamps and sound systems. But the skilled craftsman makes the best of it and carefully handles the print. (Continued on Page 9) International Projectionist March 1963 Volume 38 March, 1963 Number 3 ARC LAMPS ARE 'FUSSY" ABOUT THE POWER THEY BURN! By ROBERT A. MITCHELL It doesn't take much projection experience to teach the lesson that the carbon arc is mighty particular about the electric power supplied to it. So narrow is the mini- mum-maximum current range for any one trim of car- bons, that it's inviting trouble to ignore the current ratings specified by the carbon manufacturers. And mat- ters are complicated by the fact that the carbon arc, like any other gaseous discharge, is a greedy "current hog"! We can burn an ordinary household light bulb at a certain standard voltage, and that is that. The bulb takes just so much current (amperes) from the line, and consumes electric power at a constant rate. A 100- watt bulb never takes it upon itself to burn up 150 or 200 watts! The electrical resistance of the filament re- mains constant (for all practical purposes) over a wide range of supplied voltages. The carbon arc behaves very differently — the more current it gets, the more it wants! Apply a certain voltage across the terminals of an arc lamp, then strike the arc to start it burning. This voltage, if supplied by a powerful source of direct current, results in the passage of a certain number of amperes in the arc-lamp circuit. But as the arc stream (composed of gases and electrons) gets hotter, it becomes more con- ductive, and the resistance of the arc to the passage of current decreases. More current (amperes) then flows through the arc, making the arc stream still hotter and more conductive. Almost immediately (if the fuses don't blow or the wiring doesn't burn up) the arc becomes a virtual short circuit, flaming violently along the length of the carbons. A "fixed resistance," such as a light-bulb filament, never behaves like this. In order to burn properly, therefore, the carbon arc must be electrically controlled in an automatic fashion. The supply of current must be automatically limited as the arc stream loses resistance and tends to pass more and more current. Rectifiers limit the current by means of the reactance of the transformer coils. The greater the current consumed by the arc, the greater the opposing counter-electromotive force which limits the voltage (and hence the current) in the rectifier circuit. This process is a continuous one, and results in a constant current in the arc-lamp circuit as long as the carbon-feeding mecha- nism of the lamp maintains a constant arc-gap length — the distance between the tips of the positive and negative carbons. The flow of current is automatically limited when a generator is used by a "ballast rheostat" which is con- nected in series with the arc lamp. The ballast is a "fixed" ohmic resistor having sufficient resistance to the flow of arc current to develop a "voltage drop" across its two terminals. As more current flows through the arc, more flows through the ballast rheostat, too. More cur- rent means a higher voltage in the circuit, and hence a proportionately greater voltage drop across the ballast. This limits the voltage (and hence the current, or am- peres) which can flow through the arc. The arc stream then stops getting hotter and more conductive, and a constant current is established. Unfortunately, a ballast rheostat wastes valuable pow- er by converting it to heat (as any resistance does), but its use is absolutely necessary in an arc circuit supplied by a multiple-arc motor-generator set. Wiring Requirement for Arcs A high-amperage current needs heavy wires, connect- ing lugs, and switches to conduct it without loss from its source (generator or rectifier) to the unit in which it is used (carbon arc or xenon lamp). B & S wire size No. 3 is the smallest that should ever be used between the power supply and an arc lamp, no matter how low-powered the lamp may be. This size will serve for all arc currents up to 100 amps. No. 2 wire, still heavier, should be used for currents in the 100-120 amp. range, while No. 1 wire is needed for 120-140 amps. Arc currents more powerful than 140 amps, require No. 0 wire. Most lamp manufacturers recommend that wires one size larger be used whenever the transmission line between the source and the lamps exceeds 15 or 20 feet in length. This recommendation is important for those theatres having a motor-generator set located in the cellar, far removed from the pro- jection room. The xenon lamp equipments presently on the market have power ratings ranging from 900 to 2500 watts. These xenon lamps are served by No. 3 leads from the rectifiers to the lamps. It is always better to use transmission wiring larger than required by immediate needs. If the wires are heavy enough, they will still be serviceable when a International Projectionist March 1963 change is made to more powerful lamps. Undersize wires warm up when carrying the 40 to 180 amps, burned in an arc lamp. This is dangerous, particularly when the heat is confined by insulation, cable sheathing, conduits, etc. The temperature may rise high enough to char the insulation and render the transmission wiring more unsafe than ever. A corroded or loose connection anywhere in an arc- lamp circuit will cause serious operating difficulties even when the transmission wires from the rectifier or generator to the arc lamp have adequate current-carrying capacity. And the heavier the arc current, the more likely that a bad connection will offer erratic resistance to the current and cause the arcs to behave unpredictably. Thus the projectionist is never allowed to forget that his projection lamps are the most sensitive of electrical de- vices. They brook no deviations whatever from their normal current requirements. Are the Carbons at Fault? Time and again the carbons get unfairly blamed for electrical defects in the arc-lamp circuits. If the carbons escape the projectionist's wrath, the current source or the lamps, themselves, may be the targets of a few choice cuss-words. And while it is true that carbons, generators, rectifiers, and lamp mechanisms can be at fault, a mis- behaving arc is usually only reacting to current variations or inadequacies caused by a bad connection at the current source, the ballast rheostat, the fuse blocks, or in the lamp, itself. The heat of the arc is very bad for the wiring inside FOR CURRENTS FROM 75 TO 90 AMPERES 90 TO 110 AMPERES 110 TO 135 AMPERES FOR RUNS UNDER 15 FEET USE WIRE SIZE • 3RH • 2 RH " I RH FOR RUNS OVER 15 FEET USE WIRE SIZE Courtesy Strong Electric Corp. FIG. 2 — A current-controlling ballast rheostat and a lamp- house table switch are absolutely necessary in each arc -lamp circuit powered by a motor-generator set. Rectifiers, on the other hand, require no heat-producing, current-wasting ballast. Many rectifier manufacturers also recommend elimi- nation of the usual table switch, the current being turned on and off at the rectifier, either directly or by means of a relay button at the lamp. International Projectionist March 1963 Binding post tightened / for better contact ndin^- post lu£ FIG. 1 — An electrical binding post should be tightened se- curely in order to insure good electrical conductance. Note how the contact area of a round wire (shown in cross-sec- tion) is gready increased by squeezing it out of shape when the binding post nut is tightened. A sufficiendy large contact area is best established by use of a washer-shaped binding-post lug. Insufficient contact may offer enough resistance to the flow of current to develop heating and "burning" of the connection. This is especially true of arc- lamp circuits because of the heavy currents involved. the lamphouse. The flexible stranded-wire leads are espe- cially liable to deterioration. The individual copper strands are rather fine, and consequently expose a large total surface to the oxidizing influence of the air. Badly oxidized wires offer increased resistance to the flow of current, and hence hasten their own destruction by heating up. Flexible wires will last for many years if large enough to carry the current without heating, but may in some cases deteriorate rapidly in a hot, poorly venti- lated lamphouse. (Another good reason to heed the manufacturer's advice on lamphouse ventilation ! ) Ex- amine the arc leads in each lamphouse to make sure that they are stiff and springy. If the individual strands are dark brown in color, and seem to be brittle and crumbly when bent sharply, the wiring should be replaced. The carbon-holder or feed-head binding posts should be examined several times a year for evidence of loose- ness or corrosion. Lugs and other contact surfaces should be polished with extra-fine, or No. 00 sandpaper, and the binding-post nuts brought up tight when re- placed. A loose contact "burns" and fails to transmit the power properly. Never use emery paper or cloth for polishing or cleaning electrical contacts. Emery dust conducts current to a slight extent. Sandpaper is safe because quartz sand ( unless molten ) is a non-conductor of electricity. Inasmuch as the same number of amperes flow in all parts of a circuit, the connections should also be clean and tight at the generator or rectifier terminals, the ballast rheostat, and at all fuse blocks and switches. In cases where the binding posts are so badly corroded that the lug nuts cannot be loosened without damage, a few drops of kerosene and thin lubricating oil applied to the binding post and left on for several hours often works miracles. The carbon-holding jaws of simplified HI lamps and the contacts of rotating-positive HI lamps should normal- ly never be filed or sandpapered. Filing roughens them and may get them "out of true" or spoil the fit. Rough- ened metal, by the way, oxidizes more rapidly than smooth, highly polished metal. Carbon holders are usually made of special heat- resistant bronzes; and certain high-powered lamps have water-cooled contacts of pure silver, which is the best conductor of electricity known. The dull brownish color- ation produced by a microscopically thin film of copper oxide (or silver sulfide) on the surface of the metal need cause no concern, and should not be removed. It offers no measurable resistance to the passage of current; and its formation is a normal occurrence. The copper commutator bars of motors and generators are 5. considered to be in good condition only when this red- dish-brown oxide film is present! Generators Good, But Wasteful Motor-generator sets are still retained in many the- atres using simplified HI arc lamps. Motor-generators have the advantage of delivering extremely smooth direct current relatively unaffected by AC line-voltage fluctu- ations. This is important in neighborhoods where the main current is poorly regulated. But motor-generators are noisy, they are relatively costly to purchase and to maintain in good working order, and they require the use of current-wasting ballast rheostats. Even though a motor-generator set, considered by itself, may have the same 85% power-converting efficiency of a selenium, tube-type, or silicon diode rectifier, it is much less effi- cient than a rectifier in actual service because of the unavoidable ballast losses. The voltage drop across a ballast rheostat (when the arc is burning normally) is the difference between the generator output voltage (indicated by the volt- meter in the control cabinet) and the actual voltage drop across the arc. This difference should never be less than 15 volts for the smallest simplified HI ("Suprex") arcs, or less than 25 volts for the most powerful rotating- positive HI arcs. An excessively large ballast drop insures stable burning of the arcs, but also wastes electric power unnecessarily. In general, the ballasts should be adjusted so that the arcs burn at their maximum rated current or, better, at 2 or 3 amperes above the rated maximum. Then the generator voltage is slightly decreased by means of the field rheostat (usually located in the generator control cabinet) until the current drawn by the normally burn- ing arc is at the desired value in the current range recommended by the carbon manufacturer for the size of trim being used. The voltage drop occasioned by the very slight resistance of the transmission line is so small that it may be ignored. "Creeping" Arcs in Suprex Lamps Certain lower-priced simplified HI arc lamps have a fixed positive-negative carbon feed ratio. The lamp manufacturer has assumed that the positive carbon will be consumed just so much faster than the negative car- bon, and accordingly has threaded the carbon-feed shafts Positive electrode UXl ijiary^ mirror ?1 Film aperture Negative electrode PIG. 3 —The optical system of a xenon-bulb light source is similar to the optics of a carbon-arc reflector lamp. The spherical auxiliary mirror, not used in a carbon arc lamp except the "blown-arc" type, nearly doubles the luminous output of the lamp and smoothes the screen illumination by superimposing an inverted image of the xenon arc upon the light source, itself. Unlike the carbon arc, which emits most of its light from a crater in the tip of the positive electrode, the xenon lamp emits its light from the gaseous discharge between two tungsten electrodes. r +- Rectifier iii 3-phase A.C. \ ,\ Xenon bulb 1 — r Igniter ' I Combination con-> © trol pushbutton for igniter and rectifier. FIG. 4 — The carbon arc has movable electrodes which are brought together and then separated to establish a current- conducting arc, but the xenon bulb has fixed electrodes. The low-voltage, high-amperage current needed for this lamp cannot pass until a conducting path has been established through the xenon gas by a high-voltage spark. This is furnished by an ignition device which automatically cuts in the low-voltage operating circuit the moment a spark jumps between the electrodes. Actual operation of a xenon projection lamp is extremely simple — just press a button! No optical adjustments are necessary once the long-life bulb has been installed and "lined up". to correspond with this particular ratio. Actually, this ratio (whatever it may be) obtains only at one definite arc current. Other positive-negative feed ratios are ob- served at other arc currents even when the same trim of carbons is used. If the current be decreased or increased in a lamp having a fixed feed ratio, the positive-negative burning ratio will be changed. No way is provided for the pro- jectionist to compensate for the change in such a lamp: all he can do is make sure that the current is maintained at a value which will hold the arc in focus. Suppose that the current is increased for some reason, perhaps to get a brighter picture or to get a whiter, more efficient light. The rate of positive consumption then increases over the rate of negative consumption relative to the feed ratio at which the lamp was set at the factory. What happens? The entire arc creeps out of focus away from the mirror, and the light on the screen gradually becomes dim and bluish. The reverse happens when the current is decreased, perhaps for the purpose of saving money on carbons — a false economy, by the way. The positive burning rate decreases over that of the negative, and the entire arc creeps toward the mirror. The screen light then becomes dim and brownish. If a radical increase or decrease in arc current is desired in a fixed feed-ratio Suprex lamp, it is best to use the next larger or smaller trim of carbons. This is sometimes possible without having to replace the carbon holders, but not always. At all events, we suggest that the size of trim chosen be burned as close to the maximum rated current as possible in order to get the brightest, whitest light. It has been determined by actual test that a 7- and 6-mm Suprex (copper-coated) trim burned at 50 amps, gives fully 30% more screen light than an 8- and 7-mm Suprex trim burned at 60 amps! There is more leeway in the choice of arc currents for burning any particular Suprex trim if the lamp has a separate feed control for the negative carbon. Even so, it is best to hang pretty close to the maximum rated current for the carbons in order to obtain the kind of light that pleases the cash customers. Arc Gap in Rotating HI Lamps Higher-powered HI arc lamps — those having rotating positive carbons — respond to current variations in a (Continued on Page 11) International Projf.ctionist March 1963 A Scene From America's Projector Carbon Center. Testing for arc consumption and light distribution "Every day is 'double -feature' test day at our projection booth in Fostoria, Ohio" Bill Brenner You're looking into the motion picture industry's most unusual projection booth. We run the same "double-feature" every day —fifty-two weeks a year. Our program covers two important phases of "National" projector carbon produc- tion — the testing of arc consumption and light distribution. Their ultimate results are to help you obtain the finest picture quality! Tests are conducted on representative sam- ples from every lot of projector carbons manu- factured in Fostoria, Ohio. This specialized says BILL BRENNER National Carbon Sales Engineer quality control effort not only pays dividends to the theatre owner in projection carbon econ- omy, but assures movie patrons the best-lighted indoor or outdoor presentations that carbon dollars can buy ! Quality manufacturing and precision testing are only a part of the "National" projector car- bon story. For 45 years National Carbon has backed theatre owners with the industry's most dependable technical service. Our Sales Engineers are equipped with to- day's most modern test devices ... to assure you maximum light efficiency on your screen. Contact Mr. National Carbon * »**" UNION CARBIDE "National" and "Union Carbide" are registered trade-marks for products of NATIONAL CARBON COMPANY Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y, In Canada: Union Carbide Canada Limited, Toronto The Cover Story: Local 228 at the Valentine Theatre IATSE Local #228 had been organ- ized but one year when Daniel Rehklau. shown at the left in the cover illustration, became a member in 1912. For the next half century he worked in the booths of many Toledo theatres. In fact, he has never oper- ated outside that city. During the last 12 years he has been at the Valentine Theatre, until recently a Loew's operation. He particularly recalls when he was employed at the Vita-Temple, the first theatre outside New York City to present talking pictures. With Rehklau in the Valentine booth is Art Partis, business agent of Local 228. Although he has worked in Toledo theatres since 1945, he has just joined the Valentine crew. These craftsmen are shown operat- ing the recently installed new low current Strong Electric Corp. pro- jection arc lamps using a standard 20" by 11 mm carbon trim. These lamps provide what both the men claim to be by far the most evenly distributed screen light they have ever enjoyed. Actual light readings at the Valentine have proven a distribution of 87% over the 40-foot screen. Rehklau also says that these lamps are the easiest to operate of any he has had during 50 years as a pro- jectionist. Controls on the lamps are "self- suggestive," providing ease of ad- justment. The lamps have 18-inch reflectors and improved carbon imager screen and carbon control system. The Valentine is owned by Jack Armstrong, who operates 23 theatres in Northwestern Ohio. Armstrong was recently elected president of Allied States. He got his start in the theatre projection business as an operator in the Cla-Zel Theatre, Bowl- ing Green. Ohio. Born in Napoleon, Ohio, he started there as an usher 35 years ago in 1928, and worked up to management with Clark M. Young. Later went to work for Butterfield as manager in 1932 at Jackson, Mich., and manager for the Schine Circuit. Mr. Armstrong was associated with Carl Schwyn for 14 years in opera- tion of theatre circuit as general manager, booking and buying, and subsequently a partner upon Mr. Schwyn's retirement from theatre operations and purchased the balance S Jack Armstrong of theatres. The circuit's headquar- tered in Bowling Green, Ohio, oper- ates 11 drive-ins and 14 indoor theatres, all located in northwestern and central Ohio and served from the Cleveland exchange area. Additionally he is a director and vice president of Theatre Owners of Ohio, member of Variety Tent No. 6, Cleveland, member of Bowling Green Country Club, director of Downtown Toledo Associates, also member and past president of Bowling Green Chamber of Commerce, and member of Port Clinton Yacht Club. His home is in Bowling Green. He married Dorothy Wilken in 1935; they have one married daughter and Jack is the proud grandfather of two young grandsons. iJP C. W. Handley Retires From National Carbon NEW YORK— Charles W. Handley, recognized as an authority on carbon arc light sources for the motion picture industry, has retired after 42 years of service with National Carbon Co., division of Union Carbide Corp. Mr. Handley had been special rep- resentative for National Carbon in Los Angeles for a number of years. In addition to his work with motion picture theatre owners and managers on the use of carbon arcs for projec- tion, Mr. Handley devoted a great deal of time to motion picture studio lighting, and was the author of sev- eral technical papers on the subject. He was active in the American Society of Cinematography, and was recently designated a Life Fellow in the Society of Motion Picture and iP Television Engineers Jamestown Local Celebrates Its 50th Anniversary JAMESTOWN, N. Y.— Local 266 of the IATSE is celebrating its 50th anniversary as a member of the mo- tion picture projectionists union in conjunction with the New York State Association of Motion Picture Pro- jectionists spring meeting. Tentatively, the program will be- gin with registration at the Hotel Jamestown at 10 a.m. Monday, May 20. Following luncheon, an educa- tional meeting will be held at 2 p.m., with the ladies' auxiliary planning a fine tour. A cocktail hour will pre- cede the banquet in the hotel's Cry- tal Ballroom at 6:30 p.m., and there will be entertainment during and after the banquet. R. Monaco, business agent of Local 337, Utica, N. Y. emphasizes that the ladies' tour will be through the Union-National Furniture Co., one of the top high-grade furniture plants in the country. They specialize in Italian and French Provencial Furniture. Here the group may see the machin- ing and the assembling of these fine products up to their completion. Those driving to Jamestown will be in for a spring treat, Mr. Monaco points out. Take New York State throughway to Westfield. (For scenic Route) Take Route 17 or 17J. Either route goes on one side of Beautiful Chautauqua Lake. Route 17J passes Chautauqua Institution, and those ar- riving on Sunday may go through the gates without charge and drive around the grounds, as the season is not yet open. iP Ballantyne to Distribute Norelco FP-20 Projector NEW YORK — North American Philips Co. Inc.. and Ballantyne Instruments & Electronics Inc., elec- tronics division of ABC Vending Corp., have signed an agreement whereby Ballantyne will become the distributor for the Norelco Model FP-20 35mm projector, and Ballan- tyne in their factory at Omaha, Neb., will make components for the Norelco 35mm projector, under the specifica- tions of Norelco. The agreement was announced jointly by Neils Tuxen, general man- ager of the motion picture equipment division of North American Philips, and bv J. Robert Hoff, executive vice president of the Ballantyne Co. The agreement calls for the pur- chase by Ballantyne of a number of Norelco 35mm projectors, and Norel- co will purchase from Ballantyne International Projectionist March 1963 ® assemblies and sub-assemblies for its projector line. Ballantyne will sell the FP-20 pro- jectors to indoor theatres and the FP-20 projectors will be adapted to high intensity arc lamps for use in drive-in theatres. The Norelco FP-20 has many ad- vanced features, among which are claimed the smallest number of parts in the film path, simple driving mec- hanisms, curved and water-cooled film gate. iP Technical Equipment Set For SMPTE Convention NEW YORK — Displays of new film and laboratory equipment will be an important feature of the 93rd Convention of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, to be held April 22-25, at the Traymore Hotel, Atlantic City, N. J. According to SMPTE Exhibit Com- mittee Chairman, Dennis Kealey, of Reevesound, Inc.. L. I. City, N. Y., the exhibition area will be comprised of 40 booths. Manufacturers will show: motion picture and television devices; film laboratory test, con- trol and processing tools; instru- ments for time lapse and high and ultra-high frequency photography ; means of making and using 8mm small format motion pictures; ap- paratus used in special motion picture and television technology, data re- cording and data reduction; color and black-and-white television cam- eras and television tape and film re- cording equipment. Comprehensive Canon Camera Co. Corp. of America, Ltd. (Canada), Camera Service Corp., Japan ) . Arriflex Houston-Schmidt Mart, Inc., Hi-Speed Equipment, Inc.. Lipsner- Smith Corp.. S.O.S. Photo-Cine- Optics. Inc. and Motion Picture Enterprises, Inc., are among the manufacturers who have already an- nounced that they will show their equipment at the convention. iP MONTHLY CHAT {Continued from Page 3) Tip To Help Will Rogers Hospital I.A.T.S.E. locals around the coun- try collect scrap carbons with the copper salvaged and the money do- nated to the Will Rogers Memorial Hospital. If the projectionist would strip the carbons, the salvage operation would be more efficient. Also, it would help the collectors — who volunteer their time picking the '"scrap-n-drippings" from theatre projection booths. iP International Projectionist March 1963 BalCOLD REFLECTORS CUT HEAT IN HALF Read this Hollywood test report. "Film gate heat at 1.85 aperture, is 280° F. with silvered reflectors, but only 140° F. with BalCOLD." And look at the benefits when BalCOLD Reflectors cut heat in half: NO FOCUS DRIFT. As much as 5400 feet of film have been run without refocus. Cooler film gate cuts down film bulge — keeps con- stant focus. GREATER DEPTH OF FIELD. Less film bulge means better back- ground resolution, color fidelity, and clearness of detail. NO END-OF-REEL CONTRACTION. Lens and projector parts can't cool off and contract (thus changing focus) because BalCOLD Reflectors don't let them get hot enough to expand! NO EMULSION PILE-UP. Green film never gets hot enough to leave emulsion coatings on film tracks and shoes. LONGER REFLECTOR LIFE. Theatres all over the country report up to 17 months and more constant, top-quality performance. LONGER FILM LIFE. Theatres report film life doubled with BalCOLD Reflectors. Means a lot when prints cost up to $10,000 ea. Next time you replace silvered reflectors, replace them with BalCOLD — the only reflector whose proven contribution to the advancement of motion picture projection has won for its designers the highly regarded technical award from the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. BAUSCH & LOME ^ BAUSCH & LOME 61639 Bousd. Sr., INCORPORATED Rochester 2, N. Y. □ Send me BalCOLD Data Brochure E-35. Name . Theatre Address City Zone State Century Has New Power Amplifier Century Projector Corp. announces new and exclusive additions to their line of all-transistor 50 watt power amplifiers, which now have built-in insurance against failures from exces- sive overloads or other abnormal operations. Also engineered into these 50 watt amplifiers are four special indicator lamps (shown in the illustrations) for observation of any overload, low impedance or short circuit conditions in the output circuit. The red indicator lamps light up when an overload (volume) or some other abnormal condition develops or exists. This visual observation warns the projectionist or service engineer of any abnormal condition which may be present. The lamps will automati- cally go off when the difficulties have been cleared. If during a performance someone or something introduces a short cir- cuit into the speaker system or the power amplifier output, the indicator lamps will light up. The lamps will go off when the abnormalities are removed. The Century 50 watt all-transistor power amplifier with indicator lamps plus plug-in provisions ( another Century exclusive) has been coded W6-13. % % /"""** NEW POWER AMPLIFIER— The new Century Projector Corp. 50 watt power amplifier is shown here, featuring indicator lamps to instantly pinpoint system malfunctions. One view of the equipment shows the open top of the amplifier, the other indicator lamp viewing ports and plug-in provision, described in the article. Davee Says Theatres Can Own a Toll-TV System NEW YORK— Larry Davee, presi- dent of Theatre Equipment & Supply Manufacturers Assn., said that TESMA has a patented Pay-TV system and it will be available to any theatre or group of theatres interested in research and development of the patent. According to the patent, Davee stated, the system ties in with the existing community antenna — systems in areas where signals from a regular broadcasting TV station cannot be received in homes in the area — with an unused TV channel in the area. Davee said that the equipment can be manufactured for sale to theatres at a "very reasonable" cost, followed by amortization of research and development costs. If a theatre or theatres were in the area of existing CATV system, the theatre owner could have home sub- scribers for his first run pictures, if he were to set up a pay-TV station. Thus, a first run theatre in any 10 area could widen its audience and be paid for it to the extent of the number of homes that are subscribers to the local community antenna system. It is estimated that there are now licensed by the FCC as many as 3,000 CATV systems, each having hundreds and some case thousands of homes in the area subscribing to the system. The CATV System For the benefit of projectionists who are not familiar with it, a Com- munity Antenna Television system exists in areas where signals from a regular broadcasting television station cannot be received in the home with- out a re-broadcast over wires of a CATV system. The CATV antenna, a high tower or in many cases perched atop a mountain, picks up the regular broadcast from the originating sta- tion, amplifies it and sends it by wire into subscribing homes, which pay for the service usually on a monthly basis. In some areas there are as many as seven channels avail- able to subscribing homes. In areas where this kind of system exists, theatres may now or in the near future make a deal with the CATV system, whereby the theatre pick-up system will be enabled to channel exactly what is on its screen, over the wires and into subscribing homes for a fee. A Theatre Opportunity There are many systems (electroni- cally ) that will enable the theatre and its CATV cooperating system to col- lect their money from subscribing families. These charges would be in addition to regular monthly service fees under which the CATV system normally makes its money. "It can be seen upon examination of the patent that there is no other way in existence, and none in the foresee- able future, under which theatres can supply television into homes, without the expenditure of enormous sums of money, except under the new patent. Under the projected, patented sys- tem now in the hands of TESMA for disposition, theatres are in a position to compete economically, and with considerable profit to themselves, with any Pay TV system now on the market," Mr. Davee says. iP Eugene Levy Head of Camera Equipment Co. NEW YORK— Directors of CECO Industries, Inc. have elected Eugene H. Levy president of Camera Equip- ment Company, Inc., major operat- ing subsidiary, it was announced by Robert B. Bregman, board chairman. The company is the world's larg- est rental and sales service organiza- tion serving the motion picture and television industry with professional equipment used for theatrical and TV production. It maintains facilities at Hialeah. Fla.. Hollywood. Cal., New York City and Syosset, N. Y. Mr. Levy succeeds Frank C. Zuck- er, who retires to become president of Local 644, International Photograph- ers of the Motion Picture Industry. The new Camera Equipment presi- dent has been associated with the firm since its founding in 1936. Prior to assuming his new post, he was vice president for sales and national direc- tor of advertising and promotion. Mr. Levy is a member of Local 644, International Photographers of the Motion Picture Industry, and The Pioneers of the Motion Picture In- dustry. He also holds membership in the Society of Motion Picture and TV Engineers, the National Audio Visual Assn. and the Industrial Film Pro- ducers Assn. iP International Projectionist March 1963 LAMPS AND POWER from Page 6 different way. Most reflector lamps of this type have an automatic optical crater-positioning device which insures that the positive crater remains in the focus of the mirror at all times. If the current supplied to the trim is too low, the arc gap becomes gradually shorter than normal; if the current is too high, the gap lengthens. Some lamps have independent negative-feed controls: others have positive-negative feed rate selectors for a number of different trims and currents. The optimum length of arc gap (the distance be- tween the tips of the two carbons) is about % inch for arc currents between 40 and 50 amps., % inch for currents between 60 and 120 amps., and % inch for currents between 130 and 180 amps. A variation in gap length not exceeding 1/16 of an inch does not appear to be important. However, the use of an ex- cessively long arc gap may allow the arc to waver, causing the screen illumination to flicker in an an- noying manner. To sum up: If your arcs burn in an unstable man- ner, with erratic feeding of the carbons, check the electrical system before blaming the lamps or the car- bons for the difficulty. A cracked carbon will certainly give trouble, but damaged carbons can usually be dis- covered by inspection. Water does no permanent damage to carbons, but they must be thoroughly dry when burned. It is a good idea to keep a few dozen carbons under the lamphouse or in some other warm place to insure a supply of dry carbons. Check the System Methodically! How to go about checking the electrical system? A measurement of arc amperage and voltage comes first. Arc voltage drop is measured with a DC voltmeter across the lamp lead wires or table switch when the arc is burning normally. This voltage is less than generator output voltage (as indicated by the voltmeter in the control cabinet ) . and should be 15 volts less for the smaller lamps and about 25 volts less for the larger ones. This voltage difference happens to be the ballast- rheostat voltage drop spoken of earlier. An ammeter is ordinarily present in the system, either in the generator control cabinet or in the lamp- house, itself. An ammeter is absolutely essential for keeping the projectionist informed as to the current being drawn by his arcs. All connections everywhere in each arc circuit are then checked for evidence of corrosion, looseness, un- due heating, etc., special attention being given to the wires and terminals exposed to the heat of the arc in each lamphouse. Perfect performance of the arcs is not guaranteed by a perfect electrical system, of course, — the lamp and carbon control and feed mech- anism may be worn, out of adjustment, clogged by dust, incrusted with grime, or improperly lubricated. But no matter what the age or physical condition of the lamps may be, satisfactory burning of the arcs is man- ifestly impossible unless the electrical factors to which the carbon arc is extremely sensitive are all in A-l order. iP There is a FIRST BEST in Anything! In ARC LAMPS IT IQ TUP ADTlfikllY IMTEAPATEn I 1 I** 1 lib %f¥^ I l%MlHk 1 1 lH 1 Ea^^l%#%l cy C S. ASHCRAFT'S ^^^^■■HB^m^HmnBEI^^HHHBV (Paten (Patent Pending) Trademark registered and copyrighted. Patent applied lor. The C. S. Ashcraft Mfg. Co., Inc. 36-32 Thirty Eighth Street, Long Island City, N. Y. It does unheard of things in screen lighting. Such as ... up to 100% increase in screen side-lighting. It works on any current from 78 to 115 amperes. It does it on a single size positive carbon, 11mm in diameter. It will exceed accepted industry standards in lighting an out- door screen 52 feet wide. It is the answer to the ill-lighted Drive-ln screen up to 95 feet in width. It is a miserly brute in its operating expenses. Saves you up to 50% in carbon costs. Want proof? Call your National Theatre Supply Co. man. He will prove the CORE-LITE worth in indoor or drive-in theatres with existing screens and lenses. International Projectionist March 1963 11 Letters to the Editor Editor, IP Dear Sir: While making magnetic sound in- stallations for various theaters in the past few years I have become aware of the great amount of confusion among exhibitors, distributors, and the public in general about current motion picture sound. For instance; one exhibitor of my acquaintance, on the strength of three mag-optical prints in a row culminating in the 35 mm. release of "Ben-Hur," invested several thousand dollars in stereo- phonic equipment in 1960. In 1961 he was not able to get a single mag- netic print and has had only one in 1962. In this respect the exhibitor is at the mercy of the distributor who is often equally uncertain as to which pictures are available in stereo. Here are some questions I have which might serve as a guide to a future article on soundtracks in your magazine. 1. Is magnetic stereo sound being soft pedaled or phased out by the major producers or is there still a general enthusiasm for this type of sound? 2. Where can one obtain a listing of the type of sound that is avail- able on current and future releases? In this regard the various trade pub- lications such as Greater Amuse- ments, Variety, Box-Office, Exhibitor, and even the press books and adver- tising copy carry no mention of stereo sound when such is available. 3. How is six-track sound re-mixed to four-track and single track sound for the 35 mm. version? 4. How much actual stereo is con- tained in current release tracks, that is, is only music recorded using three channels with dialogue and effects recorded mono and then shifted to follow the action during re-record- ing? 5. Are there any general rules that producers use in determining what material to put on the fourth or effects track? Sincerely, William E. Lobb * * * The views of this writer anent the present-day neglect of magnetic stereophonic sound for CinemaScope motion pictures closely parallel those implied by Mr. Lobb. In an article published in the February 1962 issue of INTERNATIONAL' PROJEC- TIONIST I wrote: "In view of the demand for stereophonic sound, we cannot refrain from wondering why the great majority of movie producers have so neglected the CinemaScope magnetic sound process. The mag- netic reproducers in thousands of theatres remain idle most of the time. ALLEN SMITH HONORED— Allen G. Smith of National Theatre Supply Co., recently featured in an IP profile, is shown above receiving a presentation from W. J. Turnbull, left, president of National Theatre Supply Co. On the right, Arthur Baldwin, vice president in charge of export and New York op- erations, looks on. 12 and in their failure to utilize fully a stereosound system already at their disposal, all too many movie moguls are guilty of the shortsightedness for which Hollywood is notorious." To reply specifically to Mr. Lobb's first question, we can say that the neglect of stereosound by the major producers is deliberate. The movie- going public is far more enthusiastic about stereophonic sound for pano- ramic pictures than the producers, themselves, appear to be. Hollywood film producers have a well-known tendency to consider immediate costs rather than the quality of their product or long-range results in the theatre. It might be assumed that the great popularity of stereosound in the home through the media of binaural phonograph records, multitrack sound tapes, and dual-channel FM radio broadcasts would stimulate the use of magnetic 4-track prints for stereosound in the theatre. As things actually turned out, producers began to neglect movie stereosound from the very moment that multichannel repro- duction of music in the home soared to the zenith of popularity. CinemaScope stereosound admit- tedly suffered from technical inepti- tudes which proved distracting to audiences, but some of the early attempts in this sound medium were pleasing and effective. We know that optical-track recording is more ser- viceable than magnetic for monaural motion-picture sound, but the 4-track magnetic process is more convenient than multitrack optical for stereo- phonic reproduction, and the extra cost of magnetically striped prints is not excessive. Nevertheless, the pro- ducers seem unable to look beyond the added costs to the realism of the results and the benefits of patron satisfaction. Stereophonic sound may contribute little or nothing to stan- dard non-anamorphic projection, but it is a definite advantage to specta- cular CinemaScope pictures in natural color. Question 2: There are not at pre- sent any complete listings of the type of sound available on current and future releases. This lack is just another example of the narrow- visioned. dead-head policies of an industry which goes on and on court- ing financial disaster through a deli- berate process of business stagnation. Exhibitors' trade publications should be pressured into obtaining and pub- lishing this vital information, inas- much as the thousands of theatre owners who have gone to the expense of installing stereosound equipment have an indisputable right to know of International Projectionist March 1963 Investment Opportunity You are looking at a part of your employee benefit pro- gram. It's part of your neighbors', too. And your suppliers' and your customers' and your competitors'. It is there for all Americans to enjoy. A healthy economy is a bulwark of the freedom it sym- bolizes— and of our freedom to enjoy it. American businessmen like you can protect the invest- ment you have in this benefit program by promoting the Treasury's Payroll Savings Plan for U.S. Savings Bonds. It makes for a strong America and a sound America. And it engenders a sense of thrift and independence and con- servation that helps us all to fathom the real significance of monuments like that set in the beautiful Black Hills. When you bring the Payroll Savings Plan into your plant — when you encourage your employees to enroll — you are investing in the most precious of America's natural resources. In the vastnesses of its mountains and plains and coasts that offer physical and spiritual recreation to us and our children. You are investing in the heritage and the future of America. In freedom itself. Don't pass this investment opportunity by. Call your State Savings Bonds Director. Or write today to the Treasury Department, U.S. Savings Bonds Division, Washington 25, D.C. in your plant... promote the PAYROLL SAVINGS PLAN for U.S. SAVINGS BONDS §§||)|) °«c s[(^ The U. S. Government does not pay for this advertisement. The Treasury Department thanks, for their patriotism. The Advertising Council and this magazine. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST International Projectionist March 1963 13 the availability of all stereophonic releases — what few there are. Question 3 : Although not the usual procedure, a 6-track stereophonic re- cording can be converted to a 4-track CinemaScope recording by omitting tracks 2 and 4 (left center and right center channels ) and transferring the remaining four tracks to the four CinemaScope tracks. By taking special pains to insure accurate phas- ing, however, tracks 1 and 2 and tracks 4 and 5 of the 6-track record- ing can be electrically combined for tracks 1 and 3 (left and right chan- nels ) of the CinemaScope recording, none of the six tracks then being omitted. A 4-track CinemaScope recording can be converted to a single monaural track by electrical combination of all signals, the fourth "surround" sound- effects track usually being omitted. A more common method is to utilize track 2 (center channel) alone for the monaural transcription. This is made possible by the admixture of some sound from the left and right channels ( tracks 1 and 3 ) in the center-channel track. (The intro- duction of side-channel signals into the center-channel track has been criticized because it decreases the sound-separation, or directional, ef- fect.) Question 4: Most movie stereo- phonic sound is recorded monaurally in a single channel and afterward "pan-potted" by a sound-following technique to obtain the effect of direc- tional sound in the four Cinema- Scope channels. In this case, the monaural optical-track version is transferred directly from the magnetic single-track original recording. About the only actual stereophonic recording made with a multiple- microphone setup in CinemaScope pictures involves musical sequences in which an entire orchestra is photo- graphed. Because a multiple-mike setup is acoustically "tricky" and rather time-consuming for the studio sound technicians, the pan-pot method of faking stereosound from a single- track original recording is nearly al- ways used for action-and-dialogue scenes. The pan-pot method saves time and money and simplifies the "sound-mixing" operation wherein the original records are combined with effects and background music. In general, the pan-pot method gives a stereophonic effect which is as good, and sometimes better, than is obtainable by multiple-channel origi- nal recording. Trouble in encountered in scenes where players located at op- posite sides of the screen speak simul- taneously, but even these difficult sit- uations can often be faked reasonably 14 well by use of the center channel. When perfection is mandatory, how- ever, complex scenes of this nature must be set up for multiple-channel recording on the set. Question 5: The general rules gov- erning material to be put on the "surround," or "effects," track reside mainly in the artistic intuition of the director and sound recordist. Natur- ally, all sounds which should emanate off screen are placed on this track — the sound of an unseen orchestra, of a roiling sea, of a distant locomotive whistle, or the voices of off-screen actors. A novel use for the fourth track involves what may be termed "psychological audio," that is to say, voices and other sounds heard only in the mind of a character in the story. The use of the fourth track is there- fore largely a matter of artistic crea- tivity which strives to produce dram- atic effects in the photoplay and an emotional response in the audience through the medium of sound which comes from speakers located at a distance from the screen. —Robert Allen Mitchell iP Trans-Lux To Open New Theatre in April A new theatre, "The Trans-Lux East," located at 58th St. and Third Ave., will open during the first part of April, it is announced by Thomas Rodgers, vice president of Trans-Lux Corp. Said to be the finest theatre ever to be constructed in Manhattan. The architect, planned a "theatre with a personality," and the results are both striking and dramatic. Total investment for the 600-seat house, will be in excess of $500,000. An unusual feature of the theatre will be a viewing window in which the heart of the theatre, the sound and projection equipment, may be seen by the public. The Trans-Lux East is the first theatre ever to be constructed as part of an office and apartment building. iP Eastman Kodak Sales Top Billion Mark ROCHESTER, N. Y.— William S. Vaughan, president of Eastman Ko- dak Co., has announced that company sales and earnings topped the billion- dollar figure for the first time in its history last year. In a report also signed by Albeit K. Chapman, board chairman, Kodak disclosed that sales of $1,056,072,473 were 7% higher than the $989,171.- 969 reported for the previous year. Net earnings were $140,342,438, or almost 8% above the 1961 total of $130,203,447 for 1961. The total was figured at $3.64 per share as com- pared to $3.38 per share in 1961. The report also disclosed a favor- able cash position with working capi- tal available totaling $412,000,000. up $25,000,000 in the last year. In- ventories were $18,700,000 higher than at the close of 1961. iP POLY GROOVE PULLEY PROJECTOR MAIN DRIVE SHAFT- POLY V MOTOR DRIVE BELT STABILIZER SHAFT (FLYWHEEL OMITTED) MOTOR MOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET- LOWER MAGAZINE PROJECTOR DRIVEN GEAR (VERTICAL SHAFT) RECT DRIVE FLEXIBLE COUPLING DIRECT DRIVE SHAFT, BALL BEARINGS AND BRACKETS SOUND SPROCKET SHAFT TAKE UP BELT ADJUSTING ARM TAKE UP BELT PROJECTOR MECHANISM ' SOUND REPRODUCER DIRECT-DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE projector mechanisms and sound reproducers have been made available by Century Projector Corp. Detailed in this illustration, the mechanisms were described fully in the February issue of IP. The new Century drive is said to be easily adapted for interlock or synchronous operation. A timing belt drive between motor and reproducer is no longer necessary, it is said. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST MARCH 1963 CINERAMA DOME THEATRE revealed by Nicolas Reisini, Cinerama, Inc. president. This radically-new movie theatre is based upon the "geodesic dome" concept. Revolutionary New Theatre Idea Revealed A radically-new design for motion picture theatres has been disclosed to a special meeting of more than 100 leading movie exhibitors by Nicolas Reisini, president of Cinerama, Inc. The new Cinerama theatre is based upon the "Geodesic Dome" principle developed by R. Buckminster Fuller. A model-and-plans of a typical Cin- erama Dome Theatre of 1,000 seats, to be constructed of precast concrete, was displayed by Mr. Reisini, who stated that the new Cinerama theatre will cost approximately $250,000, said to be one-half as much as a conventional motion picture theatre of comparable size, and it will take half as long to construct. Cinerama is making its patented designs and blueprints available to selected exhibitors desiring to build these unique Cinerama showcases in the U. S. and Canada. The revolutionary new motion pic- ture theatre presents a new approach to geodesic dome design and the use of relatively - inexpensive precast con- crete as a building material. The designs were produced by Geome- tries, Inc., Cambridge, Mass. archi- tectural and engineering firm, in association with Cinerama's own technical staff. Also present at the meeting was John J. McNamara. prominent theatre architect. The model of the Cinerama Dome Theatre shown to the assembled movie executives was of a 1,000-seat theatre approximately 140 ft. in dia- meter and 52 ft. high. It is assembled from some 300 precast concrete panels fitted together to form the dome shape. Reisini stated that "Cinerama's goal is to see that at least 300 of these dome theatres are built in the U.S. and Canada in the next two years, and that an equal number are con- structed abroad. The new and econ- omical geodesic dome theatre will also enable exhibitors to bring Cin- erama to many smaller localities which hithertofore could not afford to sustain a large house." He added, "We hope to greatly en- large the family of Cinerama exhibi- tors this way. The philosophy behind Cinerama's thinking is that we must concentrate not only in producing the best Cinerama films possible, but also in seeing that these films are exhibited in the most appropriate new theatres throughout the world." The dome is constructed by bolting the panels together flange-to-flange. Resilient anchor plates are used for mounting the dome onto the founda- tion. After assembly, the joints between the panels are packed with an expoxy mortar. This transfers the loads between panels and forms a watertight seal. After the dome is assembled, an interior coat of sprayed BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE Free Test Samples n*w* F Wf ■» » 1IWVT1 W» » f » ■ WF» asbestos plaster is applied which pro- vides thermal insulation, acoustical absorption and fireproofing. The fire-resistant characteristics of concrete make it particularly advant- ageous for theatre use. The geodesic dome is the creation of R. Buckminster Fuller, an archi- tect-engineer, mathematician and philosopher whose work is based upon an analysis of the principles of structure as found in nature. The design is based on mathematical principles embodying force distribu- tions similar to those found in atoms, molecules, and crystals. It is consi- dered one of the lightest, strongest and most economical of all construc- tion forms. A geodesic dome has the structural advantage inherent in a spherical shape, which presents an almost ideal configuration for withstanding wind, snow and dead loads. Applied loads are transferred in an arc manner (Continued on Page 18) $2k CURTAIN CONTROLS, TRACKS and SPECIAL OPERATING DEVICES VALLENjnc. AKRON 4, OHIO ' Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. WUUHC &wfo*t& CARBONS INC., BOONTON, N. J. *■* A- — ■- ----- - ■ jau t * i International Projectionist March 1963 STEADIER LIGHT LESS ATTENTION PERFECT COLOR BALANCE Free Carbon Chart 15 "Talaria" Offers Pay TV to All Theatres NEW YORK — National General Corp.. owner of theatre circuits on the west coast and the continental divide (220 theatres), has announced that it is pushing ahead with plans to form a theatre pay television network utilizing General Electric's new Talaria light valve projector system. Eugene V. Klein. National Gen- eral president, said that by next year the company hoped to have approxi- mately 100 of its houses in a pay television web which would include programming "52 weeks of the year." Although Talaria was developed by General Electric and uses some of the patents included in the Eidophor process to which 20th Century-Fox has American rights, it is understood that GE carries it further, adding its own secret processes. National Gen- VfcH LET'S TWIST' Yes, That Easy to Use -No Tools Needed Just Twist The Stub In & Out NO GRINDING— NO OIRT 5ft* IF YOU ARE NOT USING The "Little Miser" Carbon Saver YOU are losing several Hundred Dollars Each Year! 4 Sizes 9-1 0-11 m.m. $3.00 Each 13.6m.m. $4.50 Each ORDER Now— Start Saving Money $$ (We Suggest 3 In Bach Projection Room) LOU WALTERS Sales & Service Co. MOTION PICTURE EQUIPMENT EV 8-1550 4207 Lawnview Ave. Dallas 27, Texas PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSDORFF CARBON CORP. East McKeesport, Pa. 16 TALARIA— New General Electric color projector which makes possible the nation's first full-scale pay TV network will be used in movie theater chain of National General Corp. Pro- jector has wide range of possible uses outside the commercial entertainment field, including medical and other in- struction, military briefings, long-dis- tance business meetings and political conventions. eral will handle the franchising, leas- ing and selling of Talaria on a nation- wide basis but servicing of the equipment will be from GE shops located around the country. Talaria makes possible, the joint announcement said, for the projection of both color and black and white television images on the large-size theater screens. It is National Gen- eral's plan to include in its program- ming Broadway shows, national sports events and other special fea- tures which it may purchase or pro- duce itself. Transmission of the pro- grams to theatres joining NG's net- work will be by leased telephone wires. Klein said that he believed that admission prices can be held "sub- stantially lower" than those currently charged for conventional film product shown in metropolitan theatres. "This new network makes pay TV a fact of today rather than a complex dream of tomorrow," Klein said. "It puts major entertainment events where they belong and can achieve their greatest effect — in the theatre. "Our present theatre operations show that the American public wants to get out of their homes to be enter- tained. The type of entertainment now planned will prove this beyond a doubt." Klein declared. The large-screen capability of G. E.'s new Talaria projector is ex- pected to have important implications for the entertainment industry, as well as for education ( particularly medical education), military and business communications. Until perfection of the projector by G.E.'s Technical Products Operation, Syracuse. N. Y., display of TV pic- tures on full size (25-by-33-footj screens with adequate brightness was limited to black and white. Previous- ly most color systems were limited to screens about one-fourth this size and thus were impractical for large audiences. Robert L. Casselberry, general manager of TPO, said the Talaria projector provides a picture with brightness, contrast ratio, geometric accuracy and color fidelity that com- pares very favorably with color film. National General has signed multi- million-dollar contracts under which General Electric will supply projec- tors and service. The key factors which make possi- ble the capabilities of this projector are the development of a special con- trol fluid, the development of a novel light gathering system to utilize the very high light output of a 5-kw BIG-SCREEN COLOR TV— Unique color television projector developed by General Electric throws high-quality picture on theater-size screen. National General Corp., 220-theater movie ex- hibitor, plans to use the new Talaria projector in a nationwide pay theater television network. Before G. E. de- veloped the projector, only black-and- white TV projection was possible on large screens. Color projection was limited to one-fourth the size of stand- ard movie screens. Talaria produces the three primary colors (red, green and blue) from only two light beams (green and magenta). Simplified projection op- tics make it possible to get primary red and blue from the single magenta beam. International Projectionist March 1963 xenon arc lamp, and a simplification of the projection optics wherein all three primary colors are projected with onlj two output light beams. This dual-beam method results in a simpler and more reliable projector, and substantial!) simplifies the prob- lem of achieving and maintaining precise color registration. This is particularly important for large- screen projection where minute errors would be greatl) magnified. The Talaria projector has a high- power light source and an optical projection system similar to that of a motion picture projector. But in place of the motion picture film, a thin la\ei of viscous fluid is used. This control fluid was developed by General Electric for this particulai application and is said to have unique electrical, mechanical, chemical and optical properties. This control layer is continuously scanned lt\ an electron beam in the COMPARISON— Diagram compares operation of new General Electric Ta- laria (light valve) projector with stand- ard film projector and with TV sys- tem using cathode ray tube. In Talaria system, a layer of special viscous fluid is continuously scanned by electron beam. Light from high-power source, is controlled by layer which takes place of printed film in standard movie pro- jector. Third system at bottom projects light directly from cathode ray tube and is limited in brightness. The Talaria projector is similar to a standard movie projector in that both use a high-power light source and a system of lenses to direct the light beam through the film and produce a picture on the screen. For practical purposes, the Talaria light valve projector works the same way, except that the printed motion picture film is replaced by a transparent thin layer of viscous control fluid. An elec- tron gun operating as it does in a TV picture tube scans the surface of the control layer. Instead of producing a picture directly on the layer as it does on the phosphor face of a TV picture tube, the electron beam causes the fluid layer to control the light so that the picture is projected onto the screen. International Projectionist March 1963 same manner as the phosphor on the face of the picture tube in a conven- tional TV set. But instead of produc- ing a picture directly on the control layer, the scanning process controls the light from the lamp which passes through the control layer in such a manner that a live picture is instan- taneously produced on a large screen in full color and brightness. The projector uses an optical pro- jection system so arranged that all of the light from the source is intercept- ed by sets of stops so that no light is projected onto the screen as long as the control layer is smooth. The elec- tron beam deforms the surface in accordance with the incoming picture information. Electrostatic forces produce these deformations which cause the light to be deflected around the stops and onto the screen to re- produce the original scene. The technique of employing a high efficiencj 5-kw xenon lamp at the source <>f light for the projected pic- ture and utilizing the- electrical pic- ture signal to control or modulate this light overcomes the limitations nor- mall) encountered regarding screen brightness and picture size. I he xenon lamp can convert far greater electrical power into light with much higher efficiency than can he accomplished on the phosphor face of a projection cathode raj tube. The xenon lamp has an intrinsic peak brightness of 730.000 candles per square centimeter, which is five times the apparent brightness of the sun. For comparison, tungsten lamps have a brightness of onl\ .1000 candles per square centimeter. Persistence, or storage character- istics of the Talaria projector depends on the rate at which deformations of the control fluid decay or subside. Control fluids can be compounded which allow the persistence to be made correct for the fast frame rates required in live television presenta- tions, or very long for long storage or slow rewriting cycles. This long stor- age characteristic prevents objection- able "flicker" when the projector is being used for static display in which much of the picture may remain un- changed for long periods. The Talaria projector is a highly flexible unit that can be used for PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. LIFE EXPECTANCY UNLIMITED NO "BE" ECONOMY PRICED, SCREW BASED, SILICON RECTIFIER FOR ARC AND SOUND SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES HAS FAILED DUR- ING MONEY BACK GUAR- ANTEE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. A MODEL TO REPLACE ANY BULB TYPE RECTIFIER. BROWN ELECTRONICS 1717 South St., ALLENTOWN, PA. HEYER-SHULTZ UNBREAKABLE METAL REFLECTORS TOP SCREEN ILLUMINATION WILL NOT PIT OR TARNISH 5 YEAR GUARANTEE FACTORY REFINISHING SERVICE 5m Tour Theatre Supply Dealer Manufactured by HEYER-SHULTZ, Inc. c.()'< drop- ped to 65', after one winter. This is a change in color from a bright silver) white to light gray. Then. too. the initial light gain of 3 of thi> screen la center-screen re- Oectivit] of 300^5 measured on the optical axis 1 dropped to l1^ l center-screen reflectivity of 15095 in the same length of time. Even though the extreme ends of the ramps received a hit more light than they did when the aluminum paint was fresh, the overall reflectance was down, and the middle of the viewing area suffered ex- cessive dimming of the picture. Aluminum paint manufacturers mav claim that the particular brand of paint used on this screen was of poor quality, but this severe loss of reflecting power and gain in a 12-month period is entirely in line with our experience with several brands of aluminum screen paints used out of doors. Indeed, we are reluctant to assign a center-screen reflectance greater than 150% • to any weathered aluminum-painted drive-in screen even when the screen is properly tilted so as to give the audience the benefit of this admittedly moderate light- gain. An aluminum-screen reflectivity of 150%, con- servative though it may be. is a very safe one to guide us in the choice of a suitable screen size and a set of arc lamps to insure the standard minimum brightness of 41 L. FL. Therefore, if the aluminum screen has an axial reflectivity of 150%. it should be no wider than 90 feet when the lamps burn regular 13.6-mm carbons at about 160 amps., or no wider than 105 feet when the lamps are of the blown-arc type. Of course, a higher gain than 1 j L> will permit the projection of still larger pictures having a brightness of at least 4VL> FL, but we refuse to count on a gain much exceeding 1% for out- door aluminum screens. The foregoing maximum screen-width recommenda- tions are for 35 - mm non - anamorphic projection, and are based on the assumption that the light transmission of the projector shutter is at least 50% ( it is usually a little more in drive-in projectors I. that there are no physical obstructions in the path of the light beam a- it comes from the arc lam)) I onlv modern mechanisms fill this requirement), that the projection lens is anti- reflection coated and has an optical speed of at least f 1.''. and preferably f 1.7. If projector-port glasses are used in the drive-in projection building to prevent urilt\ du-t from blowing in and settling upon the lenses, LUMENS FOR H F00TLAMBERTS LUMENS FOR 10 F00TLAMBERTS SCREEN WIDTH Q5% CARBON 150^ CARBON 85% CARBOl 150^ CARBON (Feet) MATTE AND ALUMINUM AND MATTE ANI » ALUMINUM AND SCREEN AMPERAGE SCREEN AMPERAGE SCREEN AMPERAGE SCREEN AMPERAGE 20 1 ,600 7mm 40A 900 1,400 7mm 40A 3,500 7mm 42A 2,000 7mm 40A 25 2,500 7mm 40A 7mm 40A 5,500 7mm 50A 3,100 4,500 7mm 40A 30 3,600 4,900 6,400 7mm 42A 2,000 7mm 40A 8,000 9mm 80A 7mm 46A 8mm 60A 3 7mm 46A 2,800 7mm 40A 11 ,000 10mm 110A 6,100 8mm 60A 3,600 7mm 42A 1 4,000 13.6 145A 8,000 9mm 80A ±5 8,100 9mm 80A If, 600 7mm 46A 18,000 13.6 165A 10,000 10mm 100A 50 10,000 10mm 100A 5,600 7mm 50A 22,000 Blowr i arc 13,000 11mm 115A 55 12,000 10mm 105A 6,800 8mm 65A (27,000) 15,000 13.6 150A 60 14,000 11mm 120A 8,000 9mm 80A (32,000) 18,000 13.6 165A 65 17,000 13.6 160A 9,500 9mm 85A (37,000) 21 ,000 Blown arc 70 20,000 Blown arc 11,000 10mm 110A(43,0O0) 25,000 Blown arc V 23,000 Blown arc 13,000 1 1f, 000 11mm 115A(50,000) (28,000) 80 (26,000) 11mm 120A(57,000) 13.6 155A(64,000) (32,000) 85 (29,000) 16,000 (36,000) (41 ,000) 90 (32,000) 18,000 13.6 165A(72,000) 95 (36,000) (40,000) 20,000 Blown arc (80,000) (45,000) 100 23,000 Blown arc (88, 000) (50,000) 105 (44,000) 25,000 Blown arc (97, 000) (55,000) 110 (48,000) (27,000) (110,000) (61,000) 115 (53,ooo) (30,000) (120,000) (66,000) TABLE 1 — Required screen lumens (projector run- ning without film) and suggested sizes of positive carbons and arc currents for screen widths of 20 to 115 feet for either 4J/2 or 10 footlamberts brightness on white and International Projectionist April 1963 aluminum screens. (Lumen values in parenthesis exceed the capacities of the most powerful arc lamps.) MULTIPLY ALL LUMEN VALUES IN THIS TABLE BY 2 TO EQUATE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RATINGS. 5 Reasonably uniform illumination on drive-in screens is desirable. Side -to -center light distributions of less than 60% results in a center -screen "hot spot" they should be of the finest quality flat-ground and polished colorless optical glass. Anti-reflection coating of projector-port glasses is desirable, but not abso- lutely necessary. All available methods of reducing heating of the film and projector gate should be utilized in drive-in projection, otherwise it will be impossible to get sharply focused pictures on the screen. Air cooling of the film is optional, however, as there is some doubt as to its efficacy in reducing film flutter. Water cooling of the gate and aperture is a necessary adjunct to successful drive-in projection: and the use of either heat filters or cold arc-lamp mirrors must be regarded as an abso- lute necessity. Interference-type heat filters ( not the older absorp- tion type! ) should be used with Suprex-type lamps burn- ing 8-mm positive carbons at 70 amps, and with Suprex lamps burning 9-mm carbons at 75 or 80 amps. The more powerful rotating-positive high-intensity mirror lamps require either heat filters or cold mirrors, but the latter being preferred because they reduce heat as effectively as the best filters without wasting light as filters do. Light, it must always be remembered, is at a premium in drive-in projection. Filters and Cold Mirrors Compared Old-fashioned infrared-absorbing filters reduce heat- ing of the film by about 40% with an accompanying light loss of 20% . Interference, or "dichroic,"* heat filters do not absorb infrared radiation, but reflect it tack toward the lamphouse. These reduce the heat by ap- proximately 45% with a 15% light loss. Cold mirrors, on the other hand, allow the invisible heat-producing infrared rays to pass through into the rear of the lamp- house, and thus reduce heating of the film by about 46% with no loss of light relative to the efficiency of ordinary silvered mirrors. In order to reduce focus-ruining heat on the film without the light losses occasioned by heat filters, we urgently recommend that interference (dichroic*) cold mirrors be installed in all rotating-positive reflector lamps, and that heat filters be eliminated. As a matter of fact, the successful operation of all the more power- ful high-intensity arc lamps, including those of the blown-arc type, absolutely requires the use of cold mir- rors. Because of their prodigal consumption of power and relatively low luminous efficiency, condenser-type arc lamps are not recommended for drive-in use. A few of the larger indoor theatres retain these old power- eaters because they are relatively insensitive to small errors in arc focus, making their operation very simple, and because they provide exceptionally uniform illumina- tion on the screen. Frequent replacement of chipped and cracked condensing lenses adds to the cost of their operation. 60% — 80% Light Distribution All high-powered mirror lamps of American manu- facture provide a reasonably uniform distribution of light without a conspicuous "hot spot" in the middle of the screen. When the arc is focused for maximum screen light, Suprex-type lamps having 14-inch mirrors give a side-to-center light distribution of 60% with 7- and 8-mm positive carbons, and 65% with 9-mm car- bons. Rotating-positive lamps having 16- or 18-inch mirrors provide a distribution of 55% with 9-mm car- bons, 60% with 10-mm carbons, 65% with 10-mm Hi- tex and 11-mm regular carbons, and 70% to 80% with 13.6-mm carbons, the more uniform light distribution being obtained at currents close to the rated maximum for this size. A new lamp on the market gives a side-to-center distribution in excess of 75% by shifting the "spot," or arc-image focus, ahead of the aperture. The Strong Jetarc blown-arc lamp, which burns 10-mm Hitex car- bons in the 130-138 amp. range, and 10-mm Ultrex carbons in the 155-160 amp. range, provides a light dis- tribution of 80% and higher on the screen. This ap- pears perfectly uniform to the eye. It was previously stated that the drive-in minimum light-level standard of 41/>> footlamberts can be ob- tained on matte white screens 65 feet wide with mirror lamps burning 13.6-mm carbons at 160 amps., or 75 feet wide with blown-arc lamps. The maximum widths for the same light level with the same types of lamps on aluminum screens of 150% center reflectivity are 90 and 105 feet. If the screen width is substantially smaller, the attainment of the indoor minimum standard of 10 footlamberts is entirely feasible, providing a bril- liance of projection which will prove an eye-opener to most drive-in patrons, and gain considerable favor for the theatre. Audiences appreciate seeing motion pic- tures at their best! "Indoor" Brightness for Drive-Ins? How wide can the screen be to have not less than 10 FL of center-screen brightness when the more power- ful arc lamps are used? If the screen is matte white (85^ refl. ), it may be up to 45 feet wide for a 10 FL level when 13.6-mm carbons are burned at approxi- mately 160 amps, in mirror lamps, or up to 50 feet wide when blown-arc lamp equipment is used. If the screen is of the 150% aluminum-painted type (properly *The word "dichroic" actually means "two-colored," and should be restricetd to mean only interference filters and mirrors which transmit one color, or portion of the visible spectrum, and reflect another. The term "color" does not properly apply to infrared or any other invisible radiation. All colors are perforce visible: the terms "invisible colors" and "invisible light" are absurd. (Please turn to page 18) International Projectionist April 1963 The Cover Story: Simplex Projector Line Humming If you wanted to see some evidence . >f the recent upswing in the motion picture theatre industry, all you would have to do is \ isit the produc- tion line of Simplex XL projection mechanisms. Hundreds of XLs in various stages of completion and testing were in evidence at the Plea- santville. New York plant of National Theatre Supply's fellow subsidiary of the General Precision Equipment Corp., the Pleasantville Instrument Co. \t one end of the production line. ■ in- could see a i emarkable $45,000 Bui'irmaster machine, which i> con- trolled hv magnetic tape and auto- matical drills, taps and does other operations on castings. In the final stages "I the assemblj process, vou find experts utilizing test film to check ever) mechanism for the steadiness that the Simplex \l. mech- anisms have become famous for. No projector can he shipped out unless it nicety the most rigid standards of perfection set up for this equipment. \\ il la id J. Turnhull. president of National Theatre Suppl) Company, is extremelv enthused about prospects of the motion picture- industry. Last summer, for example, his companv supplied Simplex \l. projection and Cover Story: John Conway, member of local 306, Motion Picture Machine Operators, I.A.T.S.E., is shown on the cover in the projection room of Cinema II, the lower level theatre in the structure that houses two theatres in one building. The upper level theatre is called Cinema I. Located on Third Avenue in New York City, Cinema I and Cinema II were opened last June by Rugoff Theatres, Inc. Both theatres are equip- ped with Simplex XL projection and sound systems. Conway, who has been a projectionist since 1923, feels very strongly that a pair of Simplex XL's are the best friends a projectionist can have. Their smoothness and reliability are unexcelled, in his experience. Cinema I and Cinema II are two of ) the seven new theatres opened in the New York City area during a six week period last summer. All seven of the theatres chose Simplex XL projection equipment. National Theatre Supply's New York City bran;h handled all the installations. "Remarkable Reliability" At New York's famed Radio City Music Hall, chief projectionist Ben Olevsky put it this way. "The reliability of the Simplex X-L projector is remarkable. Our projectors were installed by National Theatre Supply in 1950 and have been maintained by our staff since then. In 11 years of operation they have never been removed for overhaul!" Similar opinions and experiences are reported all the time by projection "pros" like Ben at most top theatres throughout the country. The facts are that no other mechanism on the market is designed and built to the engineering perfection achieved in the X-L. Incorporating every new advance in projection, the X-L is your assurance that you'll have a dependable, up-to-date projector for many years to come. projection and SOUND SYSTEMS NATIONAL THEATRE SUPPLY COMPANY Branches Coast to Coast 50 PROSPECT AV ENU E • TAR RYTOWN, N.Y.'MEDFORD 1-6200 SUBSIDIARY OF GENERAL PRECISION EQUIPMENT CORPORATION International Projectionist April 1963 sound equipment for seven new thea- tres that opened during one six week period in the New York City area alone. Turnbull pointed out the growing awareness on the part of the industry for the need to have projec- tion and sound of the finest quality. He stated "Brilliant projection and excellent sound reproduction are two vital elements of motion picture pre- sentation that no other entertainment media can compete with. A theatre owner that shows a jumpy, out-of- focus film, with poor quality sound, is selling shoddy goods. Customers The Simplex XL production line where parts and major sub-assemblies are added to the main frame. don't like it and won't come back even if the best feature pictures are being shown. This is one reason why many of our orders for new equip- ment are for replacement of 20 and 30 year old projectors." In the final stage of assembly, the shutter is installed prior to putting the outside covers and doors in place. SPEED IN PROJECTION Kollmorgen lenses rate tops in the motion picture industry. Used exclusively with Cinerama, they are standard equipment in more than 70% of American theaters. High light uniformity and less light loss on the screen— the whole screen— are typ- ical of the outstanding performance of super snaplite'I" lenses. Other advantages that add up to supe- rior screening with super snaplite are: Wire sharp contrast Uniform illumination Crystal clarity Wide range of focal lengths Sealed construction All mechanisms are run-in and final adjustments or touching up is com- pleted at this stage of the production line. Bulletin 222 describes Kollmorgen lenses in detail. See your equip- ment dealer, or write us direct. CORPORATION NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS The mechanisms are now ready for the steadiness test. The projectors shown here are part of over a million dollars worth of Simplex XL projectors in various stages of assembly. International Projectionist April 1963 Every mechanism is cxactingly tested for steadiness. Experts use special test films to check for picture jump and side weave. Three Get New Kodak Executive Positions ROCHESTER, N. Y. — Appoint- ment of three Eastman Kodak execu- te ea to new positions within the com- parn have been announced here. Mechanisms are thorougly cleaned by means of a spray bath with special chemicals. This $45,000 Burgmaster machine is controlled by magnetic tape. It auto- matically drills, taps and does other operations on the castings. il* \\ illmont. Moss, eastern regional assistant credit manager since L954, has been appointed manager of the western credit region. R. G. Van Duyne, office manager for the south- eastern sales division with headquart- ters at (lhamhiee. (la., has been brought to Rochester as credit man- ager for the midwestern division. He will be replaced by Louis B. Stahlman who moves from the Kodak Distribution Center to the office managership at Chamblee. il* CMcMfL PROVED BYTEST...BYFARTHE BEST Arc Lamps and Rectifiers for Every Projector... for Every Theatre... The World's Finest HERE ARE THE FACTS SUPER CINEX ... The masterpiece of the most experienced projection lamp designer. No other lamp has even re- motely approached its perfection from every point of view— mechanically, elec- trically, optically, hydraulically or its fine air-conditioned system. Its durability and stamina have been proved. More and more fine theatres and drive-ins are re-equip- ping with Ashcraft Super Cinex daily due to their fine reputation for perfect screen light and service. Current range with 1 3.6 mm carbon, 125-165 amperes. CORE-LITE ... the latest and most phenomenal producer of white light at lowest possible operating cost in the fam- ily of Great Ashcraft Arc Lamps. Same arc burner and arc controls as the SUPER- CINEX. Same quality and built-in reliabil- ity. The lamp is optically designed to give greater white light distribution at less cost for carbons and electricity. There is none better— anywhere! 70-110 amp. CINE X 35/70 SPECIAL . . . The Great of the Ashcraft Arc Lamps is a modi- fied Super Cinex. Like the Super Cinex no third element or relay lens is necessary regardless whether 35 mm or 70 mm film is being projected. Uses a 13.6 mm ^^ high intensity positive carbon at current ranges between 1 25 and 1 40 amperes. RECTIFIER ...THE SPECIAL CORE- LITE 1 2 PHASE HIGH REACTANCE "fCTIrltK . . . designed for the require- ments of the Core-Lite lamp, this rectifier wi give the best results. Low reactance 6 phase rectifiers should not be used. Certain motor gen- erators, but not all, are acceptable. The special Core-Lite S/1212 rectifier will give you long, excellent service with an absolute minimum of expense. Other Ashcraft rectifiers available for every power need. The cost is no more than for inferior rectifiers. SOLD EVERYWHERE IN THE UNITED STATES BY LEADING RECOGNIZED THEATRE SUPPLY DEALERS CS. ASHCRAFT MFG. CO., INC. • 36-32 38th STREET- LONG ISLAND CITY 1, N.Y. International Projectionist April 1963 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 W. J. GERMAN, INC . . . agent for the sale and distribution of FORT LEE, N. J. Jane Street LOngacre 5-5978 CHICAGO, ILL. 6040 N. Pulaski Rd. IRving 8-4064 HOLLYWOOD, CALIF. 6677 Santa Monica Blvd. HOllywood 4-613 1 EASTMAN FILMS that you should specify for the best of motion picture and tele- vision quality from photography thru release printing. EXHIBITS AT THE 93RD SMPTE CONVENTION, ATLANTIC CITY, Company Booth Mr. Edword Willerte 9 Animation Equipment Corp. 38 Hudson Street New Rochelle, N. Y. Mr. Victor Jomes 24, 25 Arriflex Corp. of America 257 Park Ave. South New York 10, N. Y. Mr. James L. Wossell 29 Bell & Howell Co. 7100 McCormick Rd. Chicago 45, III. Mr. Clifford Sawyer 34 Birns & Sawyer Cine Equipment, Inc. 6424 Santa Monica Blvd. Hollywood 38, Calif. Mr. Elliott R. Kurtz 12 CBS Laboratories High Ridge Road Stamford, Conn. Mr. Lou Girola 5 Camera Equipment Co. 315 West 43rd Street New York 36, N. Y. Mr. Paul Meistrich 17 Camera Mart, Inc. 1 845 Broadway New York 23, N. Y. Mr. George Kyotow 16 Canon Camera Co., Inc. 30 East 42nd Street New York 17, N. Y. Mr. Herbert A. Hollander 23 ColorTran Industries P. O. Box 188 Burbank, Calif. Mr. Jules Leni 4 Comprehensive Service Corp. 245 West 55th Street New York 19, N. Y. Mr. Stuart Held 7 Ehrenreich Photo-Optical Industries Inc. 1 1 1 Fifth Avenue New York 3, N. Y. Mr. Manny Kiner 26 Elgeet Optical Co., Inc. 303 Child Street Rochester 11, N. Y. Mr. Edward B. Krause 1 4, 1 5 Filmline Corp. Erna Street Milford, Conn. Mr. Stephen G. Fisher 30 Oscar Fisher Co., Inc. P. 0. Box 426 Newburgh, N Y. Intern ^tional Projectionist Compon , Mr. Arthur Florman Florman & Babb, Inc. 68 West 45th Street New York 36, N. Y. Booth 21, 22 Mr. Ralph T. Jope Hi-Speed Equipment, 73 Pond Street Waltham 54, Mass. Inc. Mr. Harry Teitelbaum Hollywood Film Co. 956 N. Seward Street Hollywood 38, Calif. Mr. Guenter Schmidt Houston-Schmidt Ltd. 1450 O'Connor Drive Toronto 16, Ont., Canada Mr. E. Werner Lipsner-Smith Corp. 3475 W. Touhy Ave. Chicago 45, III. Mr. Richard P. Sullivan Logos, Inc. 1017 New Jersey Ave., S. E. Washington 3, D. C. 28 39, 40 36 Company Mr. D. J. White Magnasync Corp. 5546 Satsuma Ave. North Hollywood, Calif. Mr. T. H. Truesdell D. B. Milliken Co. 131 North Fifth Avenue Arcadia, Calif. Mr. Herbert Pilzer Motion Picture Enterprises, Inc. Tarrytown 83, N. Y. Mr. Walter Braun Paillord Incorporated 100 Sixth Avenue New York 13, N. Y. Mr. A. Potter Photographic Applications, Inc. 160 Herricks Road Mineola, L. I., N. Y. Mr. A. M. Urenovich Photo-Sonics, Inc. 95-25 Georgia Ave., Suite 201 Silver Springs, Md. Booth 10 38 32 18 THE REVOLUTIONARY XENON LIGHT SYSTEM FOR SUPERIOR MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION check these big zeiss-ikon xenosol advantages: ■ COLOR FIDELITY ■ LOW CURRENT CONSUMPTION ■ SUPERIOR QUALITY PROJECTION ■ TROUBLE-FREE CLEAN OPERATION ■ IMMEDIATE STARTING ZEISS-IKON XENOSOL equipment -for new installations and existing carbon arc housings— is available in 900 watt, 1,600 watt and 2,500 watt sizes to fit every theatre's need. For complete information: CINE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS, INC. 225 East 46th Street, New York, New York. Phone: PLaza 8-1561 April 1963 11 Animation Stands* *OXBERRY For Slide-Filmstrip . . . For Full Animation. Available with Aerial Image Projector. Models Built to tit all requirements . . . all budgets. America's finest ani- mation studios use only Oxberry. FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BROCHURE ... WRITE the ANIMATION EQUIPMENT corp. DEPT. P 38 HUDSON STREET NEW ROCHELLE, N. Y. West — 7445 Sunset Blvd., Hollywood, Calif. England — 33 Liberty Lane, Addlestone, Surrey You Name It... S.O.S. Has It! Everything from A to Z Here, under one roof, an entire building de- voted to all your needs for producing pro- cessing, recording, editing, lighting and show- ing motion picture films . . . and at WORTH- WHILE SAVINGS IN PRICE! i Amplifiers Anamorphic Lenses Animation Stands, Titlers Arc Lamps Auricon Cameras Books, Technical Booms, Micro- phones Cameras, Profes- sional Colortran Lights Dollies, Cranes, -Tripods Drive-ln Theatre Equipment Film Magazines Film Printers Film Cleaning Machines Film Cabinets Film Editing Equipt. Film Lab Equipt. Film Numbering Machines • Film Processors ± Visit S.O.S. Booth No. 1 ^ S.M.P.T.E. Convention S.O.S. PHOTO-CINE-OPTICSJNC. formerly S.O.S. CINEMA SUPPLY CORP. 602 West 52nd St., N.Y. 19— Plaza 7-0440 Western Branch: 6331 Holly'd Blvd., Hollywood, Calif. 12 Generators Hot Presses Lenses, All Sizes Lighting Equipt. Marquee Letters Moviola Editors Projection Equipt. Projection Lamps Projector Mechanisms Rectifiers Reels, Cans, Film, Tape Reflectors Sound Cameras Soundheads Sound and Speaker Systems Stage Equipmnet Stripping Machines Synchronizers, Splicers Technical Books Theatre Equipt. Viewers, Sound Readers Zoom Lenses, etc. Mr. Irwin R. Sheldon 1 1 Precision Cine Equipment Corp. 928-930 East 51st Street Brooklyn 3. N. Y. Mr. A. J. Briglia 19, 20 Quick-Set, Inc. 8121 N. Central Park Skokie, III. Mr. Dominick J. Capano 1 S. O. S. Photo-Cine-Optics, Inc. 602 West 52nd Street New York 19, N. Y. Mr. T. Tanabe Export Section Shiba Electric Co., Ltd. Hibiya-Kaikan Bldg., 20, 2-chome Uchisaiwai-cho, Chiyoda-ku Tokyo, Japan Mr. David V. Hall Photolamp Division Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. 730 Third Avenue New York 17, N. Y. Mr. Fred Emens Wollensak Division Revere Camera Co. 850 Hudson Avenue Rochester 21, N. Y. Mr. Walter Steuer Zoomar, Inc. Sea Cliff Rd. Glen Cove, N. Y. Neils Tuxen N. A. Philips Corp. 100 East 42, NYC. Al Nathanson Camera Service Center 333 West 52, St., NYC. George Vanoni Permacel, Inc. New Brunswick, N. J. George Vaughn Time Automated Mfg. Co. Woodside, N. Y. Allen Processors Milford, Conn. 27 35 31 13 37 33 48 49 50 iP PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. 3 NEW CAMERA MART ACCESSORIES newGTC-59 LENS CLEANER & PROTECTOR • Anti-Fog • Anti-Static Ideal for lenses, cameras, condensors, reflectors, optical equipment, etc. 6 oz. can with Spray Applicator $1.65 each Case of 12/ $ 1.00 each m-hmi) liquid INSULATING TAPE lust Brush it on Those Hard-To-Tape Places Designed for use in electrical in- stallations, maintenance and re- pair. Prevents shorts, shocks. 2 oz. Bottle $1.65 each Case of 12/$1.00 each Restores, Quiets, Lubricates cnmzft f/zn/ '•aiil^ Completely safe for sound pro- jectors, amplifiers, studio rec- ording equipment and editing equipment. Non-inflammable. Used for all gummy parts — instantly cleans and deposits a hard bonded dry lubricant. 2 oz. Bottle $1.00 each Case of 12/75C each Write for complete literature. All Prices F.O.B. N. Y. tinman mum* 1845 BROADWAY (at 60th St.) NEW YORK 23, NX • PLaia 7-6977 PUCES NOT HOLDING $ ? Film breaks are costly. Play safe by using JEFRONA All-purpose CEMENT Has greater adhesive qualities. Don't take our word for it. Send for FREE sample and judge for yourself. Camera Equipment Company, Inc. Visit SMPTE Booth — #5 315 W. 43rd St. New York 36, N.Y. JUdson 6-1420 6510 Santa Monica Blvd., Los Angeles 51 E. 10th Ave., Hialeah, Fla. International Projectionist April 1963 SMPTE Studies Wide Range Of Technical Projection Subjects \ wide range of motion picture and television technical topics will he discussed when scientists and engineers meet this spring at the Travmore Hotel in Atlantic City, \. J.. April 21-26. for the 93rd semiannual convention of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers. The format of the meeting is based on these subject areas, handled b\ these topic chairmen: "Application of Motion Pictures and Television to Education" under 0. S. Knudsen of Iowa State L ni- versirj . "Current Trends in Laboratory Send for complete information NATIONAL STUDIOS 42 West 48 Street, NYC You want to project a good picture? Install a Hurley Screen HURLEY SCREEN CO., INC. 96-17 Northern Blvd. Corona 68, New York See your theatre supply dealer Practice under John J. Kowalak of Movielab, Inc.. New York. "Instrumentation and High-Speed Photography" under Morton Sul- tanoff of Ballistic Research Labora- tories. Aberdeen. Md. "New Instrumentation in Televi- sion under R. L. Pointer of Ameri- can Broadcasting Co., New York. "New Technology of 8mm Com- mercial Motion Pictures under Dr. ('. Loren Graham. Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester. N. Y. "Recent Motion Picture and Tele- vision Developments in Outer Space rechnology" under H. M. Gurin. RCA Astro-Electronic Division Prin- • eton, Y .1. I he program will open April 22. with a session ol papers in the area of film processing and laboraton developments. The next session will cover 8mm md 16mm technical and engineerini; developments. Motion pictures and television in outer space and instrumentation and high-speed photograph) comprise three «.~M,,n^ on Tuesday. Three television sessions on Vi ednesdav ami llunxlav cover circuit development: color and monochrome TV, and automation ; and motion pictures tor television, and video tape. Beginning Hiursda) evening and finishing on Iiidav are three sessions on motion pictures and television in education. iP Miss M. B. Reilly to Head W. J. German \IA\ YORK — Miss \l. 15. Reilly, associated with Jules Brulatour and the sale of Eastman kodak raw film since I'M), has been elected president ol \\ . J. German, Inc. as the suc- cessor to the late William J. German who died on the West Coast last month. Miss Reilly. who is Mrs. James F. Burns in private life, served as execu- tive secretary of the German com- pany. Her entrance into the raw film business preceded that of German by nine years, German having left Kodak in 1922 to join the Brulatour organization. In 1952 she and Ger- man joined to form the German (Continued on Page 15) the only guaranteed scratch removal process for 16 and 35 nun Prints • Originals • Negatives RAPIDWELD for scratched film: We remove scratches and abrasions from both sides of film, restore flexibility, repair all improper splices, and apply our exclusive protective coating. 8mm Service Now Available "The Film Doctors" rapid Film Technique Inc. 37-02 27th St., L.I.C. 1, N. Y. STillwell 6-4600 New Life For Old Film Long Life For New Film CREATE THE RIGHT MOOD EVERY TIME WITH THE Major Mood Music Library MAJOR offers you a full thirty-five hours of mood music for titles, bridges, backgrounds. Write for Free Catalogue THOMAS J. VALENTINO, INC. Established 1932 150 West 46th Street CI 6-4675 New York 36, N. Y. International Projectionist April 1963 13 PROJECTED HIGHLIGHTS By Ray Gallo The 93rd SMPTE convention and Spring Equipment Exhibit now going on at the Hotel Traymore in Atlantic City. N. J., displays some unusual motion pic- tures, highspeed photography and television instru- mentation for conventional and "outer space" uses. Nearly every conceivable invention has been utilized first for military purposes — now we use these same techniques to make civilian amusements more perfect and enjoyable. For instance, take the telephone, the radio, the phonograph and the latest, television. Once they served the needs of our national defense in World Wars I and II and in between skirmishes, and now all have been combined to make film and tape record- ing an integral part of our sound and sight develop- ment to record data and to serve our generation in developing a better appreciation of music and photog- raphy as part of our American culture. All this and more is well displayed in 8mm - 16mm - 35mm - 70mm equipment at the SMPTE exhibit of commercial and military systems now available to all branches of amuse- ment. The dedicated scientist and engineer who works quietly in the laboratory has made this all possible, and this week was an active member of the SMPTE, his work is on display and speaks for itself. Among the many exhibitors are firms such as Animation Equipment Corp., leaders in the field of animations instruments: Arriflex Corp. of America, distributors of the Siemens & Halske West German 16/16 single and double sound system projector: Camera Equip- ment Co.. headquarter and distributors of a complete line of production, laboratory and studio equipment: S. 0. S. Photo-Cine Optics, Inc.. America's department store of motion picture and television equipment for all blanches of the arts; Camera Mart Inc., sponsors of the Annual Film Editing Workshop Seminar and equipment rental firm. And there are many other interesting displays. More than 60 booths will exhibit domestic and foreign and U. S. government develop- ments. Jack H. Freeman, sales vice president of Radi- ant Manufacturing Corp. just appointed Charles R. Horwritz. formerly with Graflex. district manager of the Chicago projection screen firm. Nicholas Rei- sini, present head of Cinerama, another U. S. govern- ment development that has given the American mo- tion picture industry a real "shot in the arm" received a "Congressional Record" tribute by Senator Hum- phrey for his public spiritedness. To demonstrate how America produces top high-grade furniture of the Italian and French Provincial style, the New York State Association of Projectionists will take a tour through Jamestown, New York, furniture plants during their 50th anniversary convention in May. William J. Red- dick of the W. J. German Inc. Eastman Film Sales Agency, has been elevated to the post of vice president. Reddick has been one of the important working mem- bers of the SMPTE since 1952. Word comes from Rav Brian, business agent of the Peoria and Pekin. Illi- nois local #434 of the IATSE, projectionist unit, that he has received an invitation to make available some of his "antique projectors" as permanent exhibits for the new Hollywood Museum. This is the outfit be- ing sponsored by leaders of the motion picture indus- try. Arthur Knight is the curator. Cinerama. Cine- mascope. Todd-AO and many other systems have made wide screen projection extremely popular — the screen in Constitution Hall, the National Geographic Society, in Washington. D. C. measures 23 feet wide by 13 feet, 8 inches high. It provides a throw of about 160 feet for lectures, utilizing both 16mm black and color. 35mm film, color and slides. If any member of the SMPTE has a book or literature that explains how sound motion pictures are made and projected, it would help William M. Burt. Director of Film Equip- ment Exchange at the Dept. of the Army at Vallev Forge General Hospital, prepare lectures for his post projectionists. In fact, any films on the subject would be very welcome. You can address Mr. Burt at Pheo- nixville, Pa. c/o MEDFV-PT. Another person very much interested in receiving catalogs and data on ail types of motion picture equipment is Jean Audie Fabius fo Port Au Prince in Haiti. He is learning the business and can be reached by mail c/o P. 0. Box 1124. Recordak, another new Eastman product is the world's fastest microfilmer. It is specially designed for high speed recording of continuous forms produced bv modern computers in high volume. New product re- leases which have come to our attention recently are the "Edling Teachers Console" for group reading and the "Keystone View" both audio-visual equipment. The former is designed by Staples-Hoppmann, Inc. of Alexandria, Va. and the latter by Mast Develop- ment Co. of Davenport. Iowa. Dennis Kealey of Reevesound Co., ( one of the many units developed by Hazard Reeves, and now headed by Boyce Nemic. former executive secretary of SMPTE ) should be com- plemented for his wonderful work as exhibit chair- man at the current SMPTE convention. The job was so well done that an upper section exhibit had to be added for extra displays. Nathan D. Golden, who is retiring this month as Director of the Scientific Photo- graphic and Business Equipment Division of the De- fense Services Administration. U. S. Dept. of Com- merce, is one of the best known and liked Washington officials who has served the motion picture industry interests for so many years and will be missed by SMPTE members who worked with him so well — Good Luck. Nate, on your future plans. Besides General Electric, Sylvania will make the theatre screen type of television soon. In fact, plans are now being formu- lated to install theatre TV screens from coast to coast in selected key spots as a counter move against pay- TV in the home. So far. the many toll-TV systems tried out for home subscribers have not been very suc- cessful, but to offset any possible "real threat" theatres will now compete to control their "friendly enemy." iP BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE Free Test Samples l11Tf**»»»»»'»»n*»'ui»Ti (?a>z&Hte CARBONS INC., BOONTON, N. J. Illll'^'--1liiiliii i inn i - I STEADIER LIGHT LESS ATTENTION PERFECT COLOR BALANCE Free Carbon Chart 14 International Projectionist April 1963 *tf • "LET'S TWIST "I Yes, That Easy to Use-No Tools Needed Just Twist The Stub In & Out . . . NO GRINDING— NO OIRT & r s * IF YOU ARE NOT USING The "Little Miser" Carbon Saver YOU are losing several Hundred Dollars Each Year! 4 Sizes 9-10-llm.m. $3.00 Each 13.6m.m. $4.50 Each ORDER Now— Stort Saving Money $$ (We Suggest 3 In Bach Projection Room) LOU WALTERS Sales & Service Co. MOTION PICTURE EQUIPMENT EV 8-1550 4207 Lawnview Ave. Dallas 27, Texas PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSOORFF CARBON CORP. East McKeesport. Pa Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. International Projectionist W. J. GERMAN from page 13 company which was successor to J. E. Brulatour. Inc. The company also announced the election of Morris H. Bergreen. a hoard member and general counsel. to the post of senior vice president. It is understood that Eastman Kodak will take over sales and dis- tribution of raw film from the W. J. German company Jan. 1. 1964. but the German organization will con- tinue to administer its other holdings and enterprises. Norelco Projector Gets Academy Award SANTA MONICA, CM. IF. — The Norelco Universal 70 35mm. projec- tor received one of the special awards from the Academv of Motion Picture \rt> ami Sciences in recognition of outstanding technical achievement for the showing of the newer wide gauge tilms. It is the first such award in the projection field since 1959. Accepting a plaque for the North \merican Philips Co. was lied I. Pfeiff, technical manager of the motion picture equipment department of the firm. Mr. Pfeiff has been closelv associated with the develop- ment of the 70 35 mm. projection system since it first became available in L955. Original!) designed and developed through the joint efforts ol the American Optical Co. and l'hilip>. this projector introduced the 70mm. Todd- M) process — a 1957 \c -adernv Ward winner— into movie theatres. Jan Kotte of Norelco was commended as the original designer of this equipment. Today there are more than 1,50 installations of the Norelco Uni- versal 70 >5 projector in 35 states, Canada and other countries. In receiv ing the award. Pfeiff stres- sed that motion picture audiences the world over are enjoying greater claritv and better quality of screen images with less eye strain, thanks to the wider films and the award-win- ning Norelco projection equipment. And there are important benefits to the exhibitor. Pfeiff pointed out. explaining that a single 70mm. print has been played for as many as 1600 runs, film damage is greatly reduced, and the Norelco 70/35 Projector may be converted in minutes for either 70 mm. or 35mm. operation, providing the theatre owner with greater ver- satility in presenting the latest films. North American Philips Company, Inc. also produces the new Norelco 35mm. Pulse-Lite shutterless projec- April 1963 tor for smaller theatres, a 35mm. projector for arc lamp operation, as well as professional 16 mm. equip- ment. Built primarily for 70mm. with the added convenience of 35mm., the Norelco Universal 70/35 Projector enables audiences to see easily the tiniest photographic details in such current films as "Lawrence of Ara- bia." '"Mutiny on the Bounty," the forthcoming "Cleopatra." and many more now in production. il* — THE ENEMY — HEAT A 10 DEGREE REDUCTION iN HEAT WILL TRIPLE TRANSFORMER LIFE. ARC AND SOUND SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES RUN COOLER. A MODEL TO REPLACE ANY BULB. Write BROWN ELECTRONICS 1717 South St., ALLENTOWN, PA. THE VERY FINEST IN PRO 4635 WEST LAKE ST., CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 15 Century Announces JJ-2 Model to Project 70/35mm fill ^ NEW YORK— Century Projector Corp. has announced a new Ameri- can-made universal projector for pro- jection of 70 and 35 mm films. The new projector is called the Century JJ-2. and according to distribution vice president Frank E. Cahill Jr.. is unique in design with film traps and film gates with direct coupling to the mechanism and opti- cal sound reproducer with a Poly "V" motor drive belt to the projector main drive shaft. Both the film trap and gate can be easily removed for changing, in- spection and cleaning without dis- turbing any other units. The Century designed water-cell and aperture plate are positioned in the projector so the film is as close to the aperture plate as desired for sharper focus all around the edges. It is also possible to "set" the film gate to provide a soft edge aperture. With these new film traps and film gates it is possible to run both 70mm and 35mm films with ever-so-lisht ims tensions for better overall in-focus picture. Film tensions can be easily adjusted and set to the desired posi- tions for optimum screen results. A less complicated method has been engineered into the Century JJ-2 for changing from the standard 24 frames per second to 30 frame speed. Conversion kits are available to adapt 3-D Sync projection if and when needed. Century's features are incorpor- ated in Century JJ-2 models such as: double rear shutters; water-cells; separate 70/35mm Ampex magnetic clusters; less gears and other Cen- tury refinements. iP New Theatre Opens In New York Walter Reade-Sterling. Inc., has opened a new theatre, the Continental in Forest Hills, N. Y. in the populous and fast-growing Borough of Queens. DO YOU BUY fled T^^U ON PRIC ON PRICE OR COST? 2-YEAR COATING GUARANTEED FIRST SURFACE DICHROIC REFLECTORS They're a bargain because everything an ordinary reflector does TUFCOLD does better and longer. That's why they're worth more yet actually COST 43% LESS based on life expectancy. So, since your old reflectors, by wasting power, carbons, and light, cost more than new TUFCOLDS, replace them now. THE STRONG ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 City Park Avenue • Toledo 1, Ohio 16 Architect John J. McNamara de- signed the new deluxe 600-seat motion picture theatre. The Contin- ental is of split-level construction, is believed to be the first theatre in the U. S. with its own roof-top park- ing, and has a permanent art gallery for the exhibition of works by Queens artists. The Continental opened March 21 and it will operate on a first-run policy. Its inaugural attraction was the screen version of "The Balcony" starring Shelley Winters, Peter Falk and Lee Grant. Incidentally, The Continental shared the world pre- miere of "The Balcony" with 20 other theatres in the greater New York area. Capital Motion Supply Corp., of New Y®rk, supplied and installed the specialized theatre equipment, con- sisting of two Century projectors complete with full Century transis- torized sound equipment; Peerless Magnarc arc lamps, Kneisley silicon rectifiers, two sets of Bausch & Lomb lenses, and Neumade rewind equip- ment. VP NEW ENTRY... Kinoshita offers the 70/35 mm Japanese Projector in U, S. NEW YORK — Kinoshita & Co., Ltd., USA will distribute in the United States the Japanese projec- tion and sound equipment made by the Nichion Co., Ltd., Tokyo and Osaka. The Pherex Crown-S 70/35mm projection equipment was shown in the New York office of the Kinoshita company. The Nichion company's managing director Nakama explained the projector. The all purpose projector comes with a 70/35 head machine, water and air cooling: magnetic sound- head; 35mm conversion kit; Phirex optical soundhead with drive motor; two 70 mm film pressure band; two 35mm pressure band; exiter lamp; upper magazine: lower magazine; 70/35 reel; Super Prominar 70, 70mm projection lens, Phirex pedes- tal. The Nichion company makes a Cineron Xenon lamp equipment in 5kw and 4kw power, and the makers said a life of 1,500 hours for 5kw is expected. iP International Projectionist April 1963 New Film Equipment At SMPTE Meeting Demonstration* of new camera. lighting projection, editing and TV equipment will hold the stage at the April 2 1 morning session of the semi- annual convention of the Society of Motion Picture and Television En- gineers at the Travmore. Atlantic City, April 21-26. Eight engineering committees will meet during the convention. Commit- tees have been appointed by Dr. Deane R. Vt bite, associate director of du Ponts Photo Products research laboratory, who is SMPTE engineer- ing vice-president. Dr. White and SMPTE Staff Engineer Alex E. Alden aranged the schedule of meetings. Committee chairmen are: Laboratory Practice. William D. Hedden. Vive-President, Calvin Pro- ductions. Inc. Kansas Cit) : televi- sion. William T. \\ intringham, Bell Telephone Laboratories. Murrav Mill. \. J.: lumm and f Engineering Laboratories. Bell & Howell Co.. Chicago: color. Dr. LeRoj M. Dealing. Studio City. Calif.: film projection practice: C. E. Heppberger. National Carbon Co., Chicago; sound. J. L. Pettus. RCA. Burbank. Calif.: instrumentation and high-speed photography, Morton Sul- tanoff, Terminal Ballistics Labora- tory, Aberdeen Proving Ground, \ld.: film dimensions. Walter C. Brandsma. E. I. du Pont de Nemours 8 Co.. Inc.. Parlin. N. J. Also meeting during the week will be committees planning subsequent convention papers programs, the board of editors of SMPTE's Journal. an dadministrative committees. BACK NUMBERS, ANYONE ? Homer Neal, Jr., of Columbus, Ohio, an IP subscriber for 16 years, has a two-foot stack of back num- bers he wishes to sell. Interested per- sons should contact Neal direct. His letter to IP follows: "Until a few months ago I was a subcriber to IP continuously since 1945, except for a while in 1951. Your magazine has served me well and I value it. Now that I no longer have a need for it, I know that this two-foot stack has value to others. Would you be kind enough to mention in IP that I would like to sell these for a reasonable offer? "Best wishes and kindest regards," HOMER NEAL, Jr. (386) 867 Wainwright Drive Columbus 24, Ohio International Projectionist NEW YORK — SOS Photo-Cine- Optics. Inc. announces that Alan C. Macauley and Jan T. Macauley to- gether recently acquired approximate- ly 53% of the outstanding common stock of the company. Eight years ago, the Macauleys opened an office in Hollv wood and became the first representatives for SOS in the 13 western states. Prior to 1955, the Macauleys were actively engaged in the motion picture production bus- iness. Alan Macauley has become a di- rector of the companj and its new president. Joseph A. Tannev. who has been president of SOS since its found- ing 37 years ago. has become chair- man of the board. The other new of- ficers of the compan) are: Dominick J. Capano, vice president and general manager: William H. Allen, engineer- ing vice president and secretary; and Jan T. Macauley, treasurer. Mr. Ca- pano and Mr. Allen have each been with the company for over 25 years. Claude C. Pitts has been engaged as sales engineer with headquarters in the Hollywood office. S. O. S. Shows Auricon Camera Improvements NEW YORK — Two new improve- ments for the Auricon Camera have been announced by S.O.S. Photo Cine Optics. These are balanced cine- voice conversion and an improved transisto-sound amplifier with an exclusive built-in limiter. They will be demonstrated at the SMPTE Con- \ ention. Levine, Mage Constructing New York "Intimate" Theatre \K\\ YORK— Joseph E. Levine. president of Embassj Picture, in as- sociation with James I. Mage, film producer and exhibitor, are construct- ing an intimate theatre on 57th St. near Fifth Ave. The name will be Festival Theatre. and it will seat (>()(! patrons. The Festival is scheduled to open June I ■>. with the American Premiere of Fillini's "!! '■_."*. a Joseph E. Levine presentation and an Embassy release. Simon B. Zelnik. New York archi- tect, has designed the Festival Thea- tre, which is in an existing building. The facade will be of colored Dur- anodic aluminum, with a "'flower- box" arrangement projecting from the building above the lobby en- hance, to make it blend with the rich- flowing architecture of the build- ing it occupies. There's Plenty for You At CENTURY! . . and from CENTURY only dramatic, New ALL TRANSISTOR sound systems 'True high-fidelity, distortion free. 'Low installation cost, minimum space needs. Increased reliability, less maintenance. No vacuum tubes, no photoelectric cells. and the only American-made 70 mm 35 theatre projection systems SEE YOUR CENTURY DEALER . . . for bigger, brighter projection. CENTURY PROJECTOR CORP. New York 19, N. Y. April 1963 17 vertical aluminum screen in a drive-in wastes li^ht by re- flecting it up into the sky. Projection building" QJor maximum picture brightness, an aluminum screen should be tilted to race the projection axis sauarely. Drive-In Projection . . . from page 6 tilted, of course), the corresponding maximum widths are 60 and 70 feet. Just imagine indoor projection qual- ity on a drive-in screen! It is easily possible to have brilliantly lighted pictures in the smaller drive-ins and to fill these theatres every night with satisfied patrons. Although we have implicitly specified the use of modern projection mechanisms, modern "fast" lamps, and coated "fast" lenses for drive-in use in order to achieve satisfactory light levels, we have purposely avoided being too specific or dogmatic. Slight departures from optimum lamp or lens speed can usually be compensated by the use of projector shutters having the blades trimmed especially for drive- in use, a small increase in arc current, the elimination of light-wasting heat filters in favor of cold mirrors, the elimination of projector-port glasses, the use of a more highly reflecting or slightly directional screen surface, etc. Lumen and Lamp Calculations The lumens of projector light output required for any particular footlambert light level (e.g. 4.5 or 10 f ootlamberts ) may be easily calculated when the width of the projected picture and the reflectance of the screen are known. A safe figure for the reflectance of a good white-painted matte screen is 0.85, and that for the on-axis reflectance of an aluminum screen is 1.5. (These correspond to reflectivities of 85% and 1 50 % , respectively . ) For the reflectance or gain of an unusual screen paint or surface, consult the manufacturer of the ma- terial. The "screen area" ( in square feet ) needed in the following formula is found by multiplying the width of the projected picture by three-fourths of the width of the projected picture. This gives the projected- picture area on the basis of the standard Academy 35-mm aperture (0.600" x 0.825"), and should be used in this formula even though a widescreen aperture is used in actual projection. The reason for this is simply that lamp lumen ratings are nearly always specified on the basis of the Academy aperture. To repeat, just ignore the fact that you are using a widescreen aper- ture, and carry through the lumen calculation on the basis of the standard Academy aperture, as directed. Area x Desired footlamberts Lumens = 5 j, — : screen retlectance When you have thus calculated the required projector light output in lumens for the desired footlambert brightness level, you are ready to select an arc lamp, carbon trim, and amperage to supply this number of lumens. But note that the lamp and carbon screen- lumen ratings published by manufacturers and trade papers are for projectors without any shutter (that is, not running ) , whereas the above formula gives the number of lumens with the shutter running. Screen brightness standards always specify that the projector be running, but without film, when the light is measured. Therefore, to correlate the lumen result you get by using the above formula with manufacturers' screen- lumen ratings, multiply your result by 2. This is valid because the average projector shutter halves the amount of light reaching the screen — a shutter transmission of 50%. Lamp, carbon trim, and arc-current light output data in lumens are furnished by the Strong Electric Corp., 87 City Park Ave., Toledo 1, Ohio for lamps of their own manufacture, by the National Carbon Co.. 30 East 42nd St., New York 17, N. Y. (Bulletin No. 3 K and by the very complete and trustworthy tables in the article titled "Screen Light Requirements in Modern Projection, Part I" in IP for June 1959. Consult any or all of these sources, but reject all suspicious or unverified advertising claims. Example Shows How Simple It Is Suppose that you are operating in a small drive-in having a 60 ft. white-painted screen of about 0.85 re- flectance, (a) How many lumens of light (projector running without film ) are needed to give the drive-in minimum of 4% footlamberts of brightness? (b) What lamps, carbon trims, and currents will serve to give this screen brightness? The area of this 60-ft. screen ( on the basis of the Academy aperture, as explained above ) is 60 x ( 0.75 x 60) = 60 x 45 = 2,700 square feet. Therefore: 2,700 x 4.5 Lumens = ^ = 12,150/0.85 = 14,294 lumens (a) This result may be "rounded off" to 14,000 lumens. Because lamp and carbon light outputs are measured without the projector shutter running, we should select a carbon-trim and current combination rated at approximately twice 14.000 lumens, that is. 28,000 lumens. ( b ) Consulting any of the available trustworthy lamp and carbon tables, we find that 28,000 lumens ( approximately ) are supplied by ( 1 ) an 18-inch mirror lamp burning 11-mm regular positives at 120 amps., (2) by an 18-inch mirror lamp burning 10-mm Hitex positives at 125 amps., or (3) by an 18-inch mirror lamp burning 13.6-mm regular positives at 145 amps. The projection lens should be coated and of f/1.9 — f/1.7 speed. The accompanying table gives suggested carbon sizes ( regular carbons only except for blown arcs ) and currents which, burned in modern large-mirror lamps used with projectors having f/1.9 or f/1.7 coated lenses, will give 4% and 10 footlamberts of brightness on 85% white and 150% aluminum screens. This table is intended to be only suggestive, but may neverthe- less be used as a trustworthy guide in the correction of the serious lighting deficiencies which prevail in far too many of the nation's drive-in theatres. Because no account was taken of side-to-center screen light dis- tribution in the computation of this table, it favors a slightly brighter-than-minimum-standard light level at the center of the screen, which is all to the good. iP {TO BE CONTINUED) 18 International Projectionist April 1963 America's First and Oldest Motion Picture Trade Journal Established 1914 - GREATER AMUSEMENTS - News about the motion picture industry, new products and new methods, for exhibitors and projectionists alike. John mufffljf/jr * ^fflfc*!' ft * 20th r? *°^xz: ^ GREATER AMUSEMENTS supplies an every-theatre audience to the na- tion's motion picture industry, features equipment, theatre projection and film servicing products of interest to the projectionist who wants to keep up with the general news of the industry. YOU NEED only one publication to inform you about the other side of the theatre picture — for $3 a year, 26 issues, plus a special introductory rate to subscribers to International Projectionist. PUBLICATION OFFICE 1645 Hennepin Avenue Minneapolis 3, Minn. FE. 2-8401 NEW YORK OFFICE Suite 410 545 Fifth Avenue New York 17, N.Y. MU. 8-7746 WEST COAST OFFICE 1206 N. Orange Grove Hollywood, Calif. jQ®W7 0® ' ®(°][IDQD@@D®D0 ^K\ on °lc^^oUtnake *Ure ti«t uou I, &°" have a, C/ea" House ^'°rtao/e Seat/ng ^ ***** Ff0nt Courteous Em i "~~*"' wkat irt n^mIm 4*0*). S3 ca Which projection lamps should you be using? It depends on one that exactly matches your requirements — the one that ■will several factors — size and type of screen, length of throw, size project ever-so-much brighter pictures in your theatre. Your and shape of the viewing area. patrons will SEE the difference. The complete line of Strong projection arc lamps includes the WRITE FOR LITERATURE THE £%0f& ELECTRIC CORPORATION \^^ 31 CITY PARK AVENUE • TOLEDO 1, OHIO "The World's Largest Manufacturer of P r ojection Arc Lamps" INTERNATIONAL Drive-ins Deserve Good Sound Europe's most luxurious theatre MPAA SCREENING ROOM HAS EVERYTHING J. Al Pratt, MPO Local 224 of Washington, DC, discusses the op- eration of his Century Projector Corp. 70/35mm projector with J. William Garcia, also of the Wash- ington IATSE local. Story on page 10. I ■ 1 Cont Copj / o w.% & %r\ X 1 ', ss©o3uoq jo £reaqx! MAY VOLUME 38 40c A COPY 1963 NUMBER 5 $3.00 A YEAR A Scene From America's Projector Carbon Center... Pyrometric cones accurately check baking cycles " This sure-fire test is one of the ways we know a projector carbon is perfectly baked" ^■k*V^Bk^ This photo isn't an abstract rendering of an artist's idea. It's a picture of one of the many important steps in projector carbon production at our Fos- tOria, Ohio, plant. Jim Hoynes These three-sided figures are called pyromet- ric cones. Because they react in a predeter- mined way to high temperatures, we use them to help tell us exactly when National projector carbons have reached the end of their baking cycle. When one cone is leaning and the other is sagging, we know it's time to remove the pro- -says JIM HOYNES National Carbon Sales Engineer jector carbon material from the baking furnaces for cutting and further processing. Every step of the baking cycle, of course, is constantly watched over by standard heat checking instruments, such as thermocouples and highly sensitive optical devices. In the manufacture of top quality projector carbons it is very important to know the precise moment they reach the peak point in baking. That's why at Fostoria we take every precau- tion in quality control to provide theatres with perfectly baked carbons. Only the finest quality can give movie audiences the finest screen light- ing—indoors or outdoors. Contact Mr. National Carbon UNION CARBIDE "National" and "Union Carbide" are registered trade-marks for products of NATIONAL CARBON COMPANY Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y. In Canada: Union Carbide Canada Limited, Toronto INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 May, 1963 No. 5 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher RAY GALLO Executive Publisher AL BLOOM Managing Editor TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor RAY GALLO ASSOCIATES National Advertising Representatives 545 Fifth Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. Telephone Murrayhill 7-7746 (Area Code 212) IN THIS ISSUE Good Sound for Dnve-lns By ROBERT A. MITCHELL The Cover Story Exhibitors Must Remodel Core-Lite Evaluations New Century Projector News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes 10 12 13 14 INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co. division of The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6174, Minneapolis 24, Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA— -McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United Stotes, Canada, and U. S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5.00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.00 per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in signed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. MONTHLY CHAT Craftsman Taken for Granted The projection booth houses the most expensive the- atre equipment, and the projectionist rules over this costly inventory. The theatre owner or the house manager have not the skills to adjust and clean the booth equipment. That's up to the projectionist. The good craftsman treats his machines like a baby, because he knows he is in charge of costly machines, and that dust grinds down his delicate parts in his equipment. Electrical contacts get dirty, so he cleans them. The lamp reflectors get pitted and grimy and the lamphouse must be cleaned. \nd the same goes for the sound system with its electrical contacts. The booth craftsman has the responsibility for the inventory of spare parts and outside service, if needed to repair the equipment under his care. To insure proper and smooth operation, all projectors should be kept clean and well lubricated and in proper adjustment. Cleaning should be carried out as a daily routine. Otherwise the hardening of lubricating oils under the heat of the projection lamp will bake onto any surface, and that is difficult to remove. The modern projector requires very few adjustments, but the daily routines of the hoothmen are an important chore. They include the timing of the shutter, focusing the lens, proper tension of the film path and other parts of the projector. The condition of the projector and soundhead sprocket teeth should be carefully inspected at frequent intervals, and if there is any visible undercutting of a small notch at the base on the contact side of the teeth, the sprocket should be replaced, as any teeth consider- ablj reduced in width at their base will cause an unsteady picture and will damage the sprocket holes in the film. The lamp optical surfaces should he kept clean and a regular routine before the day's program begins is a must, feed relay contact points should be checked regu- larly, and cleaned with fine sandpaper if any sparking is visible. Persistent arcing across the relay points is the warning sign that the resistor bridging has de- teriorated and should be replaced. If the relay contact is faulty then noise gets in the sound system. This calls for cleaning the relay points and adjusting the tension, and in extreme cases for installation of filter condensers connected with either across the points or from each point to ground. All moving parts of the lamphouse should be carefully lubricated. Rectifiers of the bulb type requires these procedures: keep the rectifier clean and dry, clean the bulb and socket contacts periodically with 00 sandpaper, keep all connections tight, pre-test all spare bulbs. The soundheads must be kept clean, and the face of the photocell must be optically clean; any oil should be thoroughly cleaned off or it will attack the rubber insulation of the photocell wiring. Those are a few fundamentals which projectionists well know, they are cited here because the theatre owner or the house manager does not have the skills and know- how that the projectionist has to know about this com- plex machinery before he goes on the job. (Continued on Page 9) International Projectionist May 1963 Volume 38 INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST May, 1963 Number 5 Good Sound for Drive-ins The Paramount Consideration in motion-picture pi ejection is the quality of the picture itself — its bright- ness, uniformity and color of illumination, clarity of focus, reproduction of photographic contrasts, and rock- steadiness. The movies are primarily a visual art; and the picture on the screen is what the public pays for at the boxoffice. Nevertheless, the quality of the sound reproduction must in no wise be relegated to second place, for sound and picture go together to create a life- like illusion and to tell a story in audiovisual terms. Bad sound reminds the audience that it is only looking at a picture. There are important technical differences between the reproduction of sound in a drive-in, with its hun- dreds or thousands of separate speakers, and the pro- duction of high-fidelity sound in a conventional the- atre. The management of an indoor theatre need con- sider only one "focal point" of sound reproduction, namely, the stage-speaker installation which provides the sound for every patron in the house. The system of amplifiers is built up to match a speaker assembly having a power capacity and sound-radiating characteristic best ^Matching transformer Speaker voice coil i — wmrm Rheostat volume control Ivlatching transformer Speaker voice coil Potentiometer volume control for constant impedi ance / FIG. 3 — A potentiometer is preferred to a simple rheostat for an in-car speaker volume control because of its constant impedance and load on the sound amplifier regardless of volume setting. 4 By Robert A. Mitchell suited to the size and acoustic properties of that partic- ular auditorium. Adequate Sound Power Essential A drive-in theatre must not only have amplifiers of sufficient power output to provide an adequately strong sound signal to all of its many hundreds of individual in-car speakers, but should also have a reserve power which will minimize the "power robbing" effects of accidental variations in electrical load. Such variations are certain to occur when the speaker volume controls are of the simple rheostat, rather than the constant- impedance potentiometer type. The in-car speakers purchased for drive-in use should be large enough to give an acceptably strong reproduc- tion of the low-frequency bass tones in the sound. In no case should the cone of the speaker be under 4 inches in diameter: 5-inch cones are recommended, though the quality of the sound reproduction by a speaker does not depend on the size of the cone alone. It should always be remembered that the smallest, cheapest speakers re- quire more watts of power from the amplifiers to give the same volume of sound, that they usually give "tinny," distorted sound, and that they are constructed in such a way that it is impossible to re-cone or otherwise repair them. Speakers of good quality are more economical in the long run, and certainly satisfy the patrons in a way that cheap speakers can never do. Assuming an average consumption of 0.25 watt by each speaker and associated matching transformer (mea- sured at 1000 cycles, 90 per cent soundtrack modula- tion), the following amplifier power outputs should be provided for drive-ins of various sizes: 400-car theatres, 100 watts. 500-car theatres, 125 watts. 600-car theatres, 150 watts. 800-car theatres, 200 watts. 1000-car theatres, 250 watts. 1200-car theatres, 300 watts. 1500-car theatres, 375 watts. 2000-car theatres, 500 watts. In addition to the amplifiers needed to supply the minimum required audio power, there should be at least one stand-by amplifier of 25 watts output for emergency use. An amplifier of this size is large enough to serve 100 cars ( 1 to 4 ramps) in the event of amplifier break- down. Each drive-in speaker is powered through a matching transformer usually located in the junction box on the speaker post. Accidental short circuits in the speakers or their connecting cords cannot, therefore, render other speakers on the same ramp inoperative. Leeway in Impedance Matching The way the speaker-matching transformers are inter- connected depends upon the impedances of their primary (input) windings and upon the output impedance of the International Projectionist May 1963 power amplifier serving them. The total impedance of a number of individual ""loads'" is greater than the in- dividual impedances when thev are connected in series. less when thev are connected in parallel. For the maximum transfer of power, the two im- pedances, source and load, must be of equal ohmic value. If the "'load resistance" has a value (ohms) substantially lower than the impedance of the source, the current (amperes) flowing through the circuit will be relative!) great, but the load voltage drop will be small. Electrical power in watts is found by multiplying amps, by volts: and in a case like this flow voltage, high amperage I . the watts of power expended in the load resistance will be small. On the other hand, if the load resistance has an ohmic value substantial!) higher than the impedance of the source, the voltage drop across it will be great, but the amount of current able to force its way through the high resistance will be small. Here we have a case of high voltage and low amperage: and the mathematical product of amps, times volts equals watts will again be small. When the ohmic resistances are equal, however, the watts of power obtained bv multiplying the voltage drop across the load bv the current in the circuit will be at a maximum. Matched impedances accordingly permit the maximum transfer of power. \everthele>s. quite a bit of leeway in the match of ohmic values is allowable. One impedance mav have a resistance I ohms i as low as one- half that of the other, or as high as twice that of the other, and the power loss through mismatch will amount to only about 10 per cent. This is well below the maxi- mum power variation which can be detected in sound reproduction bv the human ear. Rad mismatches between sound-circuit components have a much more serious effect than the mere loss of audio power, however. The impedance of transformer coils and the voice coils of speakers varies with the frequency of the audio signal. When we say, for ex- ample, that a certain speaker has an impedance of 6 ohms, we mean that the voice coil of the speaker has a resistance of 6 ohms to AC at a frequency of 1000 cycles per second. The resistance will be less than 6 ohms at lower frequencies, and higher than 6 ohms at higher frequencies. Now. if a speaker or its matching transformer is improperly matched to the output trans- former of the amplifier, the frequency characteristics of the system will be altered. The result is distorted, unnatural sound. It is generallv believed that the human ear is unable to detect harmonic distortions in sound reproduction amounting to less than 5 per cent of the total power output. Distortion is much reduced in certain amplifier circuits bv the use of deliberate impedance mismatching! For example, it has been found that second-harmonic distortion is greatly reduced by making the impedance of a load resistance about twice as great as the plate resistance of the tube supplying it. By a thoughtful choice of impedances and by the use of degenerative feedback, modern theatre amplifiers have an overall distortion factor of less than 2 or 3 per cent. A drive-in theatre absolutely requires ampli- fiers of the same high quality as those used in indoor theatres. Speakers Weak Link in Chain Drive-in sound seldom equals the high quality of good indoor-theatre sound even when the very best amplifiers are used. As in all sound systems from the International Projectionist May 1963 jwtmr #1 jwwwwv- *3 Impedances in series: R= Rx+ Rz + R3+ . . . R\ Rz /?3 Impedances in parallel: FIG. 1 — When impedances (resistors, transformer wind- ings, speaker voice coils, etc.) are connected in series, the total impedance in ohms is the simple sum of the indi- vidual impedances. When connected in parallel, however, the ohmic values of individual impedances are each divided into 1, the quotients added, and the sum divided into 1. Thus three 25-ohm resistors in series have a total impedance of 25 + 25 + 25 = 75 ohms; in parallel, 1/(1/25 + 1/25 + 1/25) = 1/0.12 = 8.33 ohms. mightiest public-address system to the smallest home "hi-fi." the speaker, itself, is the weakest link in the chain of sound components. Even when the amplifiers introduce no perceptible distortion in the reproduction, the sound may have a slightly unnatural quality. This is due entirely to distortions arising in the speaker. Because a loudspeaker is a mechanical device as well as an electrical one, it is extremely difficult to design one which perfectly translates the fluctuating sound- signal currents into air-pressure waves. It is therefore unfair to expect an "unbaffled" drive- in speaker having a 4-, 5-, or 6-inch cone, and no separate "woofer," or low-frequency unit, to equal the sound-reproducing quality of a large and carefully engi- neered indoor-theatre speaker assembly. But in spite of these unavoidable physical limitations, we have a right to expect acceptably good sound in the drive-in theatre. In-car speakers should be specially designed and constructed for drive-in use. Cheaply priced speakers "adapted" from units originally designed for small radio sets or phonographs are unsatisfactory in almost every respect. Drive-in speakers should be completely waterproof in order to resist the effects of the rain and damp weather to which they will be exposed. They must also be reasonably heat-resistant — the summer sun is sometimes hot enough to fry an egg! And last but not least is ruggedness. In-car speaker units must hold up under the rough usage that the rank and file of the public accords to property not its own. Spare Speakers and Amplifiers Prospective purchasers of in-car speakers should make certain that the units they intend to buy have constant electrical impedance regardless of the setting 250 £ 200 IA c ? 175 Jj 150 O 0-125 <0 .^ 100 u -P ju 75 o $ 50 25 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ohms load resistance for 10-ohm source FIG. 2 — This graph reveals that the maximum transfer of electrical power (watts) is achieved when "source" and "load" impedances are the same. It is here assumed that the source impedance is 10 ohms; the number of watts developed when different load resistors are used may be read from the curve. Thus a 10-ohm load resistor gives a maximum power of 250 watts; both 5-ohm and 20-ohm loads (one-half and twice the source impedance, respec- tively,) give 221.77 watts. of the volume control. In other words, the volume control should be of the potentiometer, not the simple rheostat, type. If a simple dead-end reostat is used, the load on the amplifiers will increase with the number of speakers turned up loud, thus causing annoying variations in system output and, worse, in the fre- quency characteristics of the system. No matter how much is done to prevent it, a num- ber of speakers are damaged and stolen every season. Deliberate theft cannot be prevented if the larceny-minded patron brings along a pair of wire cutters. Accidental severance of speaker cords can nevertheless be min- imized by using waterproof coiled cord instead of the ordinary flexible cord which may loop down and catch on automobile bumpers and door handles. A number of spare in-car speakers are an absolute necessity to avoid losing parking spaces when some- thing goes wrong with speakers previously installed. To play it safe, there should be at least one spare speaker for every hundred speaker posts. The projectionist must also have a spare speaker known to be in perfect work- ing order for his own use in checking ramp and junc- tion-box circuits — this in addition to the permanently installed projection-room monitor speaker. We do not believe that it is desirable to complicate the sound wiring to the extent of having a separate on-off switch for each and every ramp, together with loading resistors to preserve system impedance; but it is certainly necessary to provide switching for each individual power amplifier. The most convenient arrangement is a plug-in switch- board having one heavy-duty plug for the output term- inals of each amplifier. If, for example, there are four amplifiers, there must be four output plugs, each supply- ing audio power to one-fourth of the drive-in. The plug arrangement permits very rapid replacement of an ailing amplifier with an emergency stand-by amplifier of the same type and power output. (Two other plugs must also be provided for each power amplifier, one for the current which operates the amplifier, and the other for the sound input from the preceding driver or voltage- gain stage.) Even though the plug-in arrangement is preferable for drive-ins in which all the equipment is removed at the end of the season and re-installed at the opening of the next one, permanently wired emergency amplifiers connected through a main switchboard are recommended both for indoor theatres and for those drive-ins in southern climates which operate the year around. The presence of a spare power amplifier in good working condition does much to reduce the projectionist's worries, to prevent ticket refunds because of sound loss, and to allow repairs to the sound system to be made in a careful, unhurried manner in the daytime instead of under stress and the pressure of time while a show is in progress. Sound Service Indispensable The services of a good sound-maintenance organiza- tion are a "must" because the projectionist, already burdened with the duties involved in his work, cannot rightly be expected to jeopardize the condition of films and equipment or the presentation of the show to "double" as a sound engineer. Sensitive electrical ad- justments in amplifier circuitry, the correction of noise and distortions arising from electrical, optical, or mech- anical causes, and the balancing of amplifier outputs are not normally a part of the projectionist's job. It is nevertheless quite proper for the projectionist to familiarize himself with the types of vacuum tubes used in his system, and with the locations of their sockets in the rectifier and amplifier units. A full com- plement of all rectifier and amplifier tubes, together with soundhead photocells and exciting lamps, should be stored in the supply cabinets ready for instant use. And do not forget spare fuses! It is very doubtful that frequent or routine sand- papering or burnishing of vacuum-tube prongs is at all necessary. The prongs of tubes are made of a plated alloy which does not corrode. If the prongs are wiped clean when the tubes are inserted into their sockets, and if the socket contacts are sufficiently tight to begin with, the amplifier tubes can be left alone during the season — except, of course, for the testing and replace- ment of the few tubes which may go bad or be sus- pected of defects. If at any time the tubes are removed from an ampli- fier chassis for the purpose of cleaning it, cover the prong holes of the tube sockets with strips of mask- ing tape or "Scotch" tape to prevent dust and dirt from going inside the chassis through the holes. Big Power Tubes Have Shortest Life Transistorized preamplifiers and voltage-gain "driv- ers" eliminate tube troubles and filament ("A") circuits from the first two stages of the system, and also re- duce hum and distortion due to "microphonic" and gassy tubes. The power amplifiers, on the other hand, usually employ vacuum tubes to provide the audio power (watts) required by a large number of in-car speakers. Power- gain tubes are larger and more expensive than voltage- gain tubes, and they get rather hot in operation. They are more likely to deteriorate and cause distortion than International Projectionist May 1963 are the voltage-gain tubes. But the faint bluish glow sometime- seen in power tubes, and which flickers with the varying le\el of the sound being reproduced, is en- tiieU normal and does not necessarib indicate exces- sive "gassines9. Except for the replacement of noisj volume-control potentiometers, damaged in-car speakers cannot ordinar- ill\ be repaired in the theatre, but must be sent to a com- panj specializing in speaker re-coning, i Write to the manufacturer or to his distributor for advice before \ou need work done! i V torn or punctured cone mended with a patch of adhesive tape cut from a plastic Band- \'u\ will work temporarily, but it maj distort the sound b\ weakening certain frequencies and overemphasizing others. \ll speaker-post junction boxes should be brushed out clean at the beginning of the season when the speakers are connected, and again whenever damaged speakers are replaced. \ weatherproof junction box of respon- sible manufacturer is not likeb to admit enough dust during the 3-to-5-month drive-in season to require mid- season cleaning. Naturally, a "spot check" is a good idea after a sandstorm or a spell of high winds which mav stir up clouds of dust! 120 V Dangerous in Junction Boxes \lo>t junction boxes are fitted with small lights which permit the patron to locate the speakers easily for removal and replacement on the hangers. Some boxes also have additional lamps for signalling con- cession attendant-. Ml of these lamps are ideally sup- plied 1>\ a 2-wire system COmpletelj independent of the sound circuitry, but in practice it is usual to have a common-ground 3-wire system. Une of the three wires is the "live" power wire for the post lamps, the second is for the sound, and is connected to the speaker trans- formers, while the third wire is the common ground shared by both the lights and speakers. It is recommended that 30-volt post lamps be used when the 3-wire system is employed. A pressure of 120 volts presents a hazard which would become positively dangerous in the event that the "earthed" ground be- comes accidentia disconnected or electrically weakened. A patron handling a speaker case or other conductor connected to the common-ground wire might then re- ceive a shock, or be seriously injured if he happens to be standing on wet earth. It is undeniably a time-consuming job to check all of the speakers in a 1000-or-2000-car drive-in. Such a check cannot be made every day without the help of a special crew : but we do suggest that such a check be made once a week, if possible, and all defective speakers replaced from the stock of spares. Phonograph records of good quality can be played in the projection building to furnish sound during the time it takes to inspect the speakers. The care and servicing of the projector soundhead units is. of course, exactb the same in a drive-in as in a conventional theatre. The soundheads may need more frequent cleaning because of the presence of gritty dust in the air; but in-drafts which sweep dust-laden air over the projectors can be minimized b\ using ground and polished optical glass in the projector ports, and a good grade of plate glass in the observation ports. iP 2»WE PROVED BYTEST...BYFARTHE BEST Arc Lamps and Rectifiers for Every Projector... for Every Theatre... The World's Finest HERE ARE THE FACTS SUPER CINEX ... The masterpiece of the most experienced projection lamp designer. No other lamp has even re- motely approached its perfection from every point of view — mechanically, elec- trically, optically, hydraulically or its fine air-conditioned system. Its durability and stamina have been proved. More and more fine theatres and drive-ins are re-equip- ping with Ashcraft Super Cinex daily due to their fine reputation for perfect screen light and service. Current range with 1 3.6 mm carbon, 125-165 amperes. CORE-LITE ... the latest and most phenomenal producer of white light at lowest possible operating cost in the fam- ily of Great Ashcraft Arc Lamps. Same arc burner and arc controls as the SUPER- CINEX. Same quality and built-in reliabil- ity. The lamp is optically designed to give greater white light distribution at less cost for carbons and electricity. There is none better— anywhere! 70-1 10 amp. CINEX 35/70 SPECIAL .. .The Great of the Ashcraft Arc Lamps is a modi- fied Super Cinex. Like the Super Cinex no third element or relay lens is necessary regardless whether 35 mm or 70 mm film is being projected. Uses a 13.6 mm high intensity positive carbon at current ranges between 1 25 and 1 40 amperes. RECTIFIER ...THE SPECIAL CORE- LITE 7 2 PHASE HIGH REACTANCE RcCTIrltR . . . designed for the require- ments of the Core-Lite lamp, this rectifier will give the best results. Low reactance 6 phase rectifiers should not be used. Certain motor gen- erators, but not all, are acceptable. The specia Core-Lite S/1212 rectifier will give you long, excellent service with an absolute minimum of expense. Other Ashcraft rectifiers available for every power need. The cost is no more than for inferior rectifiers. SOLD EVERYWHERE IN THE UNITED STATES BY LEADING RECOGNIZED THEATRE SUPPLY DEALERS ;.S. ASHCRAFT MFG. CO., INC. • 36-32 38th STREET- LONG ISLAND CITY 1, N.Y. eun \Tio.\AL Projectionist May 1963 FRANKLY, YOU'RE DOING JUST THAT, if you're buying top-quality negatives-and "economizing" on prints. Fact is: to do its job, a crisp, clear negative must have top-quality prints. Otherwise, your message falls flat and you've wasted negative and print costs. Moral: Go Eastman all the way-negative and print-stock. And in the case of questions - production, processing, projection - always get in touch with Eastman Technical Service. I losing dollars? IE For further information, please write or phone: Motion Picture Film Department, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, Rochester 4, N. Y. Or-for the purchase of film: W. J. German, Inc. Agents for the sale and distribution of Eastman Professional Film for Motion Pictures and TV, Fort Lee, N.J., Chicago, III., Hollywood, Calif. EA^TlvllAlSj FILM The Cover Story: Century Projectors at MPAA This classically beautiful private screening room is in the offices of the Mo- tion Picture Association of America in Washington, where under Eric Johnston the American motion picture industry is represented to the world, and where many pictures are evaluated as to their effect, and chances of success, in the world market. The projection room is equipped with Century Projector Corp. s 70/35 projector, staffed by the MPO Local 224 gentlemen featured on the front cover. This screening room entertains the leaders of the motion picture industry, government officials, as well as diplomats from all over the world. The Motion Picture Association of America, Inc.'s screening room in Washington, D. C. is one of the out- standing screening rooms in the world — in fact, those who have visited this exquisite room come away with the feeling that they have enjoyed Ameri- ca's pastime (movies) in the atmos- phere of a beautiful living room. As for motion picture presentation facilities, the MPAA projection booth has everything from 16mm to 70mm equipment. The new Century American-made 70/35mm projectors as well as the Century multiple 6-4-1 channel All- Transistor sound equipment was sup- plied and installed by H. C. Dusman of the firm of J. F. Dusman Co. of Baltimore, Md., established in 1912. The Dusman Co. has been a Century dealer for over 35 years. In addition to the 70/35mm equipment, auxiliary in- terlocks for 3D or separate sound heads were installed, which makes this room unique in every respect. J. Al Pratt, consulting projection engineer, member of Local 224 MPO, was in direct charge of the installation completed March 15, 1963. iP 10 J. Al Pratt, member of Local 224 M.P.O. congratulating H. C. Dusman of J. F. Dusman Co., Century's Balti- more dealer who sold and installed the Century 70/35mm projectors and the All-Transistor 6-4-1 channel sound equipment. EDITORIAL from page 3 The projectionist in the smaller and late-run theatres has to struggle with damaged film, because the ex- changes don't carefully inspect the film that goes out to theatres. The craftsman in run-down the- atres struggles with worn-out pro- jectors, lamp houses and sound sys- tems. It's a fine tribute to the projec- tionist that many film theatre patrons see tolerable pictures, and that's due to the craftsman's skills and know- how about wet-nursing these worn- out projectors, lamps, sound system and rectifiers. iS8 Ernest Lang, secretary of Local 306 and treasurer of the Projectionist Square Club, New York, was presented with a Gold Card by the Club recently. Photo shows Mr. Lang, Harry Apsel, president of Projectionist Square Club, pre- senting the Gold Card to Lang; Steve DTnzillo and Harry Garfman, Local 306 business agents for New York and Brooklyn, and Izzy Schwartz, secre- tary of Projectionists Square Club. International Projectionist May 1963 Investment Opportunity You are looking at a part of your employee benefit pro- gram. It's part of your neighbors', too. And your suppliers' and your customers' and your competitors'. It is there for all Americans to enjoy. A healthy economy is a bulwark of the freedom it sym- bolizes— and of our freedom to enjoy it. American businessmen like you can protect the invest- ment you have in this benefit program by promoting the Treasury's Payroll Savings Plan for U.S. Savings Bonds. It makes for a strong America and a sound America. And it engenders a sense of thrift and independence and con- servation that helps us all to fathom the real significance of monuments like that set in the beautiful Black Hills. When you bring the Payroll Savings Plan into your plant — when you encourage your employees to enroll — you are investing in the most precious of America's natural resources. In the vastnesses of its mountains and plains and coasts that offer physical and spiritual recreation to us and our children. You are investing in the heritage and the future of America. In freedom itself. Don't pass this investment opportunity by. Call your State Savings Bonds Director. Or write today to the Treasury Department, U.S. Savings Bonds Division, Washington 25, D.C. : in your plant... promote the PAYROLL SAVINGS PLAN for U.S. SAVINGS BONDS || The V. S. Government does not pay for this advertisement. The Treasury Department thanks, for their patriotism, The Advertising Council and this magazine, INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST HEYER-SHULTZ UNBREAKABLE METAL REFLECTORS TOP SCREEN ILLUMINATION WILL NOT PIT OR TARNISH 5 YEAR GUARANTEE FACTORY REFINISH1NG SERVICE See Tour Theatre Supply Deafer Manufactured by HEYER-SHULTZ, Inc. cedar s,„vC, N. j. How electrical noise is produced . • . calculated . . . measured . . . controlled Here are the basic facts about electrical noise — how it originates in circuits . . . what terms describe it . . . how to measure it . . . how to design circuits to minimize its undesirable effects. The physical nature of the various sources of noise are clearly de- scribed, including such sources as thermal agitation or resistance noise . . . shot noise in vacuum tubes and semiconductor junctions . . . noise from spontaneous emission of electromagnetic radiation . . . and noise in gas discharges. This practical book also explains auxiliary mathematical techniques, and discusses the relation of signal and noise in various types of communication systems. For ease in use, the simple tuned circuit associated with a device for measuring average power is made the basic tool for analyzing noise. ELECTRICAL 270 pages, 6x9 105 illustrations $10.00 By WILLIAM R. BENNETT Data Communications Consultant, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Each chapter in this helpful book begins in a simple, practical manner and works toward more complicated examples. For example, prop- erties of thermal noise and its relation to black- body radiation are deduced from basic laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. You also will find a clear treatment of elemen- tary quantum mechanics in discussions of the maser and of noise in semiconductors. And, in describing noise properties of various devices, the book fills in your working background with basic facts on junction diodes — transistors — gas discharge tubes— klystrons— traveling wave amplifiers— and others. Both independent and dependent noise sources are analyzed. In addition to the standard theory of noise figure and its significance, a treatment is given of the more comprehensive Haus-Adler theory of noise measure. Throughout, the book stresses the universality of noise-like phenomena. Noise formulas for diodes and transistors; noise gen- eration to meet specifications; design of ampli- fiers for minimum noise effects— these and many other topics "are covered. A comprehensive re- view of noise in the various methods of signal transmission such as amplitude modulation . . . frequency modulation . . . and the different kinds of pulse modulation is included. 12 CONTENTS 1. General Properties of Noise 2. Thermal Noise 3. Distribution of Magnitudes in Noise Sources 4. Noise in Vacuum Tubes 5. Noise in Semiconductors 6. Noise in Electromagnetic Radiation 7. Noise-generating Equipment 8. Noise Measurements and Techniques 9. Design of Low-noise Equipment 10. Application of Fourier Analysis to Noise Problems 11. Noise in Communication Systems INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Please send me a copy of "Electrical Noise" by William R. Bennett. (I enclose $10.00.) Name Address City & State ,. CONSTANT FLIGHT . . Exhibitors Must Remodel Theatres, Walters Says DALLAS — Lou Walters of Lou Walters Sales & Service here, con- stantly emphasizes the need for many exhibitors to remodel and refurbish their theatres and install new equip- ment. "You have to spend money to make money," Walters said. "How many times have we heard this? Yet, we do not heed this good advice. We hear exhibitors complain every day about bad business, when they could help themselves considerably at the box- office. "A great deal of the equipment most theatres are using is old, worn- out and obsolete. This not only is true in the projection room, but the seats and carpets as well, and the general appearance of the theatre is run-down. "There is nothing wrong with most good pictures but that better projec- tion would add to the boxoffice take. Pictures that are poorly projected with obsolete equipment don't do the theatre any good. The customers soon find a theatre with up-to-date and modern equipment." There is no question, Walters said, that 70mm pictures are the best pro- jection. "The sooner the theatre own- ers realize this and equip the projec- tion room with 70mm projectors, the sooner they will reap the bene- fits. We know the producers have, in many csaes, put the same picture on 35mm prints, but this is partly the fault of the theatre owner for not Lou Walters International Projectionist May 1963 having equipped his theatre or the- atres to run 70mm prints." "' I here is," he said, "a difference r in the two projected pictures and there is also a difference in good projection and better projection. Main advantages are to be had in the installation of 70mm equipment for the indoor theatre such as mag- netic sound reproduction which is considered the best and. too. he gets the benefit of the surround speakers. I here is also a big advantage for the drive-in theatres with their large screens and long throw. That advant- age i? light, which is so badh needed in the drive-in theatre. The 70mm projectors will improve the projec- tion not only in increased light but also with a sharper and steadier pic- ture.'" Walters also sa\s it is possible now because of recent changes of the loan rules in the Small Business Adminis- tration enabling motion picture the- atre- to lift low interest mone\ sim- |)l\ bj applying to their local bank, which will handle all necessary ap- plication paper work for them. With this money, the) can then re-equip and refurbish their theatres. Walters Sale- \ Service last year moved to a new location. 1207 Lawn- view We., Dallas 27. The company, he said, has received dealer appoint- ments from even manufacturer to CURTAIN CONTROLS, TRACKS and SPECIAL OPERATING DEVICES VALLEN, Inc. AKRON 4, OHIO — THE ENEMY — HEAT A 10 DEGREE REDUCTION iN HEAT WILL TRIPLE TRANSFORMER LIFE. ARC AND SOUND SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES RUN COOLER. A MODEL TO REPLACE ANY BULB. Write BROWN ELECTRONICS 1717 South St., ALLENTOWN, PA. which it has applied, including Nor- elco. Strom; and Diamond carbon. iP Brightness Gains for Philadelphia Theatre PHILADELPHIA— Evaluations of a recent installation of the C. S. Ash- craft Manufacturing Co.'s Core-Lite Lamps in the Stanley Warner cir- cuit s Logan Theatre here showed marked screen brightness gains, said Henry Eberle. the circuit's chief sound engineer. Philadelphia zone. The new lamps were installed by the Stanle\ \^ arner Service Dept.. and are being sold throughout the countrv 1>\ National Theatre Supplv Co. Eberle said readings indicated an average increase of 20' « more light on the theatre's 16.!! ft. by 38 ft. screen. A gain of 35% in side light- ing was recorded. In addition to the increased screen brightness, Eberle said the lamps cost less to operate than the ones that were removed. He said carbon con- sumption records kept by Logan pro- jectionist William Singer I 1ATSE Lo- cal 307). show a 2595 savings on carbon costs, despite the fact that the Core Lite uses larger carbons than the Super Powers, which were re- moved. The Core-Lites are being operated on 80 amperes of current supplied In motor generator. Carbon trims used are 11mm x 17'L." positive rotating and ."> 16x0" negative, and have \ ielded an operat- ing cost-per-hour figure of 26c. This compares to a 34c cost-per-hour fig- ure for the old lamps. Suggested current range for the Core-Lite is 75 to 110 amperes. Eberle said the <>0 ampere operat- ing level had proven highlv satisfac- tory for the Logan's requirements. I he theatre is equipped with Sim- plex projectors using Kollmorgan 1.5" back-up lenses and Kollmorgan F 1.9's up front for CinemaScope. Bausch \ Lomb E 1.8's are used for standard 35mm presentations. Screen brightness increases cited apply to the C-Scope setup. Eberle said the Core-Lites met all the claims of Ashcraft and NTS. and were well suited for a medium-sized theatre such as the Logan. Ashcraft attributes the absence of brown and blue rays with Core-Lite to the lamps ability to completely cover the aperture with pure white light only. Magnification of the car- bon core makes possible the high per- centage of white light distribution and the elimination of brown, yellow, and red rays of the hard rim or shell of the carbon. iP PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. %v £>( ; "LETS TWIST"! Yes, That Easy to Use-No Tools Needed Just Twist The Stub In & Out . . . NO GRINDING— NO DIRT ***** yr if. IF YOU ARE NOT USING The "Little Miser" Carbon Saver YOU are losing several Hundred Dollars Each Year! 4 Sizes 9-10-1 lm.m. $3.00 Each 13.6m.m. $4.50 Each ORDER Now— Start Saving Money $$ (We Suggest 3 In Each Projection Room) LOU WALTERS Sales & Service Co. MOTION PICTURE EQUIPMENT EV 8-1550 4207 Lawnvlcw Ave. Dallas 27, Texas PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSDORFF CARBON CORP. East McKeesport, Pa International Projectionist May 1963 13 CHRISTIE since 1 a a a ® Also 200 ofher Models of Power Supplies and Battery Chargers. Write for Catalog. CHRISTIE ELECTRIC CORP. 341 6 W. 67th St., Los Angeles 43, Calif. Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. n»»JMWBI«*JlillBI».M«fTC BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE NEW CENTURY 70/35 PROJECTOR A new model 70/35 projector has been announced by the Century Pro- jector Corp., New York. A further development of the Century JJ-Z, it has been designed, according to Frank E. Cahill, Jr., vice president in charge of distribution, to embody all that is desired by American stand- ards as well as by experienced Ameri- can projectionists and service engi- neers. Features of the new projector cited in the announcement are unique designs of the film traps and film gates (70mm and 35mm), and the direct coupling of the mechanism and the optical sound reproducer in con- junction with a poly "V" motor drive belt to the projector main drive shaft. Accompanying photographs show the new mechanism as well as the new 70mm film trap, the new curved film gate and the 70mm sprocket pad as- Century JJ-2 mechanism with new 70mm trap and gate mounted. sembly. Both the film trap and gate can be easily and quickly removed from the projector for inspection, cleaning and changing to 35mm, without disturb- ing any other units. The new projec- tor has been tested in actual theatre operation by competent projection- ists. The film gate has solid hardened, polished heavy-duty steel runners for longer life. The Century-designed watercell and aperture plate are po- sitioned in the projector to allow the film to come as close to the aperture plate as desired for sharp focus all mmwwwiv*i*rmT*>i*wT¥' around the edges. It is also possible to "set" the film gate to provide a soft edge aperture focus if so desired. These same designs are also in- corporated in the 35mm film trap and film gate for sharper pictures, less film wear and for fast and easy The 70mm film trap, gate and (bot- tom) intermittent pad assembly. removal from the projector when changing to 70mm films. With these new film traps and film gates, it is possible to run both 70mm and 35mm films with extremely light ten- sions ( feather touch ) ; even with buckled films, tensions are held to a minimum, it is pointed out. Film ten- sions can be readily adjusted and set to desired positions for optimum screen results. In addition, a method has been en- gineered into these projectors for changing from the standard 24 frames per second to 30-frame speed without extra motor or change of parts. Transfer is made by slipping the new multiple "V" belt over to the proper pulley, which is already mounted in place. Provisions also have been included to adapt 3-D synchronous projection and synchronized separate sound re- producers if needed. Conversion kits are available. The new design retains such Cen- tury features as double rear shutters, watercells, dual purpose sprockets (70mm-35mm) and pad roller arms, separate 70mm and 35mm Ampex magnetic clusters, simplified thread- ing, unit construction of vertical and shutter shaft assemblies; absence of oil baths except for the intermit- tent movement, and separate 7/16 and 5/16 magazine spindles for all reels. iP OVtCUHC &Vt6o*t& Free Test Samples CARBONS INC., BOONTON, N. J. STEADIER LIGHT LESS ATTENTION PERFECT COLOR BALANCE Free Carbon Chart 14 International Projectionist May 1963 » AUTHORITATIVE » COMPREHENSIVE » PRACTICAL Acclaimed by leading technicians in the industry as the most comprehen- sive and down-to-earth handbook pub- lished to date on the subject of motion picture projection. Ideally suited for study and reference by your opera- tors. ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION HANDY 5'/2" X 8!'2" SIZE 450 PAGES ILLU STRATED CROSS INDEXED FOR EASY REFERENCE * Here is one of the most help- ful works ever published for the motion picture projection- ist. A handsomely bound and profusely illustrated compila- tion of the BEST of the Robert A. Mitchell articles that have appeared in "International Projectionis t," revised, brought up to date. * The author covers clearly and thoroughly every aspect of motion picture projection, pre- senting his material in easily understood language — not too technical, yet technically ac- curate. The Manual is divided in 8 sections and contains 30 chapters — a valuable refer- ence work no progressive pro- jectionist should be without. J SECTION HEADINGS (1) Film; (2) The Projector; (3) Projection-Optics, Screens; (4) The Arc Lamp; (5) General Projection Practice; (6) Motors, Generators, and Rectifiers; (7) Sound Reproduction Systems; (8) Projection of Color and 3-D Films, Formulas. ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY * USE THIS HANDY FORM INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Gentlemen: please send me copy (copies of ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION. Enclosed is my check (or money-order) for $ NAME ADDRESS CITY ZONE STATE $6.oo per copy including postage WHY PAY 25% MORE FOR PROJECTION LAMPS AND RECTIFIERS? SAVE BIG MONEY PROOF: (See any published list prices of all makes) on LOW CURRENT • HIGH INTENSITY PROJECTION LAMPS AND BI-POWR RECTIFIER See Your Independent Theatre Supply Dealer Today of send for details on this complete booth equipment. BY FAR THE LOWEST IN COST and having: every desirable feature, is WORTH MANY TIMES THE PRICE YOU GET MORE LIGHT AND RADICALLY CUT OPERATING COSTS Here's why: -k Burns a 20-inch (not just a 17'/2") black 11 mm. positive carbon at 85 amperes, consuming only 7 inches per hour, insuring VA hours' operation at only 15.7c per hour. Projects about 10% MORE SNOW WHITE LIGHT than lamps burning 0 mm. copper coated carbons at 70 amperes, which costs 23c per hour. * OBTAINS SCREEN UNIFORMITIES OF UP TO 100% * FULL 18-INCH DIAMETER REFLECTOR. An Optical System Acknowledged To Have No Peer In Efficiency. ic Both positive and negative drive motors are Bodine geared head— the finest. Each motor has a separate feed control. ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 City Park Avenue • Toledo 1, Ohio The World's Largest Manufacturer of Carbon Arc Lamps ALWAYS FIRST with new and efficient developments. INTERNATIONAL Testing in the XeTRON Division of Carbons, Inc,: Story on Page 4 ary of Congress Order livision (o368X) Washington 25, D.C» JUNE VOLUME 38 40c A COPY 1963 NUMBER 6 $3.00 A YEAR WHY PAY 25% MORE FOR PROJECTION LAMPS AND RECTIFIERS? SAVE BIG MONEY PROOF: (See any published list prices of all makes) on LOW CURRENT • HIGH INTENSITY PROJECTION LAMPS AND BI-POWR RECTIFIER BY FAR THE LOWEST IN COST and having every desirable feature, is WORTH MANY TIMES THE PRICE YOU GET MORE LIGHT AND RADICALLY CUT OPERATING COSTS Here's why: -k Burns a 20-inch (not just a 17'/2") black 11 mm. positive carbon at 85 amperes, consuming only 7 inches per hour, insuring 2V2 hours' operation at only 15.7c per hour. Projects about , . . 10% MORE SNOW WHITE LIGHT than lamps burning 8 mm. copper coated carbons at 70 amperes, which costs 23c per hour. * OBTAINS SCREEN UNIFORMITIES OF UP TO 100% * FULL 18-INCH DIAMETER REFLECTOR. An Optical System Acknowledged To Have No Peer In Efficiency. * Both positive and negative drive motors are Bodine geared head— the finest. Each motor has a separate feed control. ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 City Pork Avenue • Toledo 1, Ohio The World's Largest Manufacturer of Carbon Arc Lamps ALWAYS FIRST with new and efficient developments. i i INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 June, 1963 No. 6 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher RAY GALLO Executive Publisher AL BLOOM Managing Editor TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor RAY GALLO ASSOCIATES National Advertising Representatives 545 Fifth Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. Telephone Murrayhill 7-7746 (Area Code 212) IN THIS ISSUE XeTRON Lamp System 4 Xenon Projection Lamps 6 By ROBERT A. MITCHELL New South Carolina Theatre 12 London's Empire Theatre 1' News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes MONTHLY CHAT CLEAN EQUIPMENT MINIMIZES TROUBLE The clean equipment minimizes extra work, as the projection craftsman well knows! Electrical devices, unlike wine, do not improve with age. One of the essentials of electrical circuits is to maintain the flow of electrical energy in the circuits, and if permitted to stray by dust or dirt, only trouble will result. Only a routine cleaning of the electrical contacts can avoid extraneous interferences in the sound system. A surge of noise at the inopportune time will ruin the finest picture, and the same holds good for faulty projection. If the craftsman has years of experience, he knows that dirt or dust allowed to collect on his equipment means trouble ahead, and wasted time at an inconvenient time. The \eteran craftsman is not a philanthropist. He can be selfish, knowing that such painstaking methods for cleaning his equipment means he doesn't have to work so hard at sen icing dirt] machines. Atmosphere and Oxidation \tmopsherc attacks the terminals, causes oxidation, and oxidized terminals mean poor contacts. Unboxed tubes kept on the shelves for months should be cleaned, else when the tubes are placed into the socket the contact is poor between the tube and socket prongs. The veteran projectionist has a routine check-up of all of his equipment, including a check of sound ampli- fiers, sound heads, corrosion on all switches, all tubes (the} do not leave any doubtful lube in service), lenses, lamp reflectors, condensers and fuses, and many other parts of his machines. Hell tightl) close the oil cans so atmospheric moisture cant condense in the lubricant i main cases of rusting equipment are traced to that condensed in open oil cans). And he can't take chances on fire, from time to time he'll inspect the film cabinet to make sure it is still in A-l condition, and he will periodically inspect the rectifiers, generators or other apparatus located outside the booth. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co. division of The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6174, Minneapolis 24, Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA— -McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United Stores, Canada, and U.S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5.00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.00 per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in signed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. 1 International Projectionist June 1963 Dust Deteriorates The usual thing is a painted floor in the projection room, and when the paint is worn to the point that walk- ing on the floor will scuff concrete dust into the equip- ment, the projectionist has an insurmountable task. The effect of dust upon electrical apparatus is of greater importance at the seashore, where the atmosphere is very moist. The new and older large installations, carry all wires though conduit, but in many cases with open wiring the wires develop puncture due to moisture absorption. The projectionist cannot coordinate electrical distur- bance with dirty equipment. The projectionist should take a firm stand with the exhibitor or the manager if dust gets in the booth. He is powerless to keep the equipment clean. And why should the exhibitor permit dust and dirt on his own equipment — assuming his projectionist cleans the equipment regularly? iP XeTRON Frank H. Riffle, general manager of the XeTRON Division of Carbons, Inc., points out the simplicity of the pushbutton starting device of the XeTRON CX unit, designed main- theatres'' 35mm, 16mm and 8mm operations. The unit has a 40 watt lamp- house. Carbons, Inc. announces the launching of its XeTRON Division as its entry into the Xenon light field. This will be in addition to the Lor- raine Arc Carbon Division which supplies the "Orlux" arc carbons to the motion picture industry; "Ac- tina" carbons to the graphic arts in- dustry, and "Solar" carbons to the environmental sciences industry. The XeTRON Division will be built around the sale of Xenon short arc bulbs, highly efficient XeTRON lamphouses, XeTRON silicon power supplies and associated items. Heading up the XeTRON Division as technical director and general manager will be Frank H. Riffle, a veteran of 35 years in theatre projec- tion and sound work. Mr. Riffle is Lorraine Carbon Enters Xenon Lamp Field a professional registered engineer whose experience includes 20 years with ERPI and Altec Service, eight years as chief engineer with Motio- graph, Inc. and three years as field engineer with Carbons, Inc. He is an active member in the Society of Mo- rion Picture and Television Engineers, as well as IATSE Local 163. Edward Lachman, president of Carbons, Inc. said recently: "The growing interest in Xenon as a new source for motion picture projection and other applications cannot be ig- nored. During the past years we have watched carefully the development of the enclosed-short arc and have seen it improved through the use of pat- ented features to a point where it is a very reliable high quality light source suitable for color as well as black and white projection, in the range of 1 to 2 kilowatts. For the present time, needless to say, for the large theatre or drive-in, the carbon arc remains still unmatched and can- not be replaced. "Our laboratories in France and Italy have cooperated to develop these advances in this Xenon field. The lamphouses and the enclosed short arcs have been proven and are now used the world over. Originally there may have been some deficien- cies in the spectral output but by careful lamp and optic design this | was corrected and/or changed to match the color quality of the high intensity carbon arc lamp. "We feel that the XeTRON lamp- house can meet the very exacting requirements for screen brightness and color demanded by the studios of Hollywood and a great number of theatres in America. "Therefore, Carbons, Inc. through its new XeTRON Division, proudly An inside view of the new unit ON THE COVER: Gathered in front of the neiv Lamp are chief projectionist Charles Bachert of the State Theatre, Boonton, N.J., a member of IATSE Local 502, Frank Riffle, Lorraine Carbon engineer and general manager of the XeTROI\ Division, and Edward Lachman, president of Carbons. Inc., Boonton, N.J. Several of the other illustrations were taken in the experimental and test laboratories of the division in the State Theatre. International Projectionist June 1963 Frank Riffle Heads New Division; Will Distribute Cinemeccanica Lamp announces that it is the distributor for the XeTRON lamphouses, manu- factured by Cinemeccanica of Milan. Italy. "These lamphouses will he avail- able in two basic sizes. The XeTRON CX unit will use a 150 watt Xenon bulh and is destined for the 16mm and 8mm projection. The larger The lamphouse closed XeTRON lamphouses are designed for 900, 1600 or 2500 watt Xenon bulbs, and can be used with screen sizes up to 40 feet wide. Specially designed, patented front surface "cold" reflectors are standard equip- ment. The coating is "super hard" and withstands repeated cleaning without losing its characteristics. "XeTRON is also happy to an- nounce that they have been selected by the Christie Electric Co. of Los Angeles, as the exclusive distributor for their power supplies for those fields in which the XeTRON Divi- sion is primarilv concerned." The XeTRONPOWER units use Silicon rectifiers. They have the prop- er volt-ampere characteristics, cur- rent ripple and the Vc RMS or less, current regulation as specified for proper Xenon operation. These fea- tures provide XeTRON equipment users with maximum protection as far as trouble-free, low cost operation is concerned. Mr. Lachman said the same type of customer service by field techni- I.VTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST cians ?upplied by Lorraine Carbons, will be available from the XeTRON l)i\ ision. For those not familial with the \enon short arc and it> character- istics, the following information ma\ be helpful. The Xenon bulb consists of a quartz envelope containing two tungsten electrodes in an atmosphere ol Xenon gas. Some of the important character- istics are outlined: I. Average color temperature is 6,- 000 degrees Kelvin, which is con- sidered best for motion picture pro- jection. 2. Color remains unchanged even when input power is varied o\cr a wide range. ^. Maximum arc sta- bility I. Constant light output over- rated average life when hull) is oper- ated according to specifications. The bulbs must he operated from direel current with the proper polar- ity. The power supplies an- designed especially for the Xenon operation and must meet several requirement. sucb as: (a) Proper no load voltage, (b) Satisfactory voltage regulation to re- duce arc voltage to proper operating level after arc i- established, id how current ripple to prevent damage to Xenon bulb and give a flicker-free picture, id I Provide a fine type of current control in order to adjust the bulb current to the needed value. The current design of the power supply is of utmost importance to a successful Xenon operation, such as Christie's, otherwise it can reduce bull) life considerably and create several hazards to a normal opera- tion. Due to electrode spacing and pressure of Xenon gas inside the bulb, a certain procedure should be followed to start the arc. When the start button is depressed a high voltage of high frequency of 40.000 volts is developed and applied across the bulb electrodes for a fraction of a second. This ionizes the gas in the bulb and reduces the resistance of the gap. If the power supply, no load voltage, is sufficient, current will flow between the electrodes and establish an arc. Due to the regula- tion characteristics of the power sup- ply, the arc voltage will immediately June 1963 Operating details of the Cinemeccanica lamp are shown here, with the lamp in place in front of the reflector, and the entire lamphouse. drop to the proper operating level. While the ignition voltage is very high, it is of such a nature that it is not considered hazardous when normal precautions are employed. It is similar to the spark from an auto- mobile ignition system or the fly- back voltage in a television receiver. In normal operation, full protection is provided to avoid unpleasant re- action. For the first time a real "push button" operation is available for a high intensity type light. About two seconds after the arc is established it settles down to a high degree of stability and needs no further atten- tion. It appears that the "Xenon Age" is approaching and we feel sure that many people will be amazed with the results being obtained and with the potential that exists in this field. iP XENON Projection Lamps PART I CHARACTERISTICS AND BASIC PRINCIPLES By ROBERT A. MITCHELL Professionally alert, the projection craft is always intrigued by new technical developments which show real promise of improving the presentation of motion pictures. Exhibitors, by and large, do not evince an interest until the innovations have been adequately tested by actual use for a long period of time. The xenon "short-arc" pro- jection lamp is just such a development. Although new, it has already proved its worth by years of gratifyingly satisfactory use in theatres. Its use is rapidly expanding. Introduced in Germany nearly 10 years ago, the xenon lamp quickly won acceptance as an adequate, and in some respects superior, substitute for the smaller carbon-arc lamps burning relatively low currents. When substituted for the low-intensity carbon arcs which were still used in many European theatres a few years ago, the superiority of xenon lighting was impressively ap- parent. The push-button ease of operation, the constant color temperature of its daylight-white light, and the absence of moving parts together with is cleanliness and The name "xenon" comes word xenos, meaning "stranger.' from the Greek This refers to the rarity of xenon gas in nature, for the xenon short arc is no longer a stranger in the projection room. Clean and easy to operate, this novel source of dependable daylight- white projection light has proved its worth by actual use over a period of years, and is now the preferred illuminant in studio and laboratory preview rooms and in many of the smaller theatres. This, the first of two articles on xenon, explains the basic spectrophotometric principles of gaseous- discharge light sources. Though xenon cannot com- pete in light output with high-intensity carbon arcs burning more than 55 amperes ( 12,500 screen lumens without shutter under standard conditions), it represents a distinct improvement over the small- er "simplified" HI arc lamp, which it may one day replace. operating economy also commended the xenon lamp as a more-than-adequate substitute for the smallest "simpli- fied" high-intensity mirror lamps burning 7-mm positive carbons. Carbon Arcs for Large Screens Even though the advantages of the xenon lamp over the very smallest carbon arcs are obvious, it must be borne in mind that there is not now, and probably never will be, any substitute for the high-intensity carbon arc for the larger screens. It is possible that the intrinsic brightness of the xenon light source will be somewhat increased in the future, but there appears to be a definite limit as to the feasible maximum luminosity of a light source which already has the maximum radiating area permissible for optical projection — a fan-shaped "flame" of ionized gas enclosed in a quartz-glass bulb. In the present state of the art, therefore, the xenon lamp offers its marvelous advantages only to those theatres where the screen is small enough to be adequately illuminated with Suprex carbon arcs burning no more than 55 amperes. Theatres requiring from 60 to 80 amps, in Suprex lamps, or 75 or more amps, in rotating- positive lamps, must retain the high-intensity carbon arc. The excellence of the xenon lamp in its rather more modest range of luminous outputs nevertheless merits the greatest attention. The projectionist, in particular, should familiarize himself with the picture-illuminating and operating characteristics of this new light source. If his theatre has a matte screen of 0.85 reflectance no wider than 27 feet, or a pearl or low-gain aluminum screen of 1.5 reflectance no wider than 35 feet, the possibility that he may one day be operating on xenon equipment most assuredly exists! Xenon lamps are easier to operate than carbon arcs. Xenon a True Arc All of the different illuminants heretofore used for the projection of motion pictures in theatres derive their light from brilliantly incandescent solids. In the old- fashioned limelight, a solid "pin" of quicklime is heated International Projectionist June 1963 A Scene From America's Projector Carbon Center... Equipment for coaling carbons with copper if Coating projector carbons with the right amount of copper is a top-billing production step" Sid Morley This equipment performs the important task of coating pro- jector carbons with copper— not for eye appeal, but for the vital purpose of assuring more de- pendable screen lighting. The coating helps conduct current from the jaws of the lamp to the arc. For maximum light effi- ciency the copper coating must be of precision thickness — no more — no less! From the coating operation at National Car- bon's plant in Fostoria, Ohio, projector carbons move on to an automatic resistance test, where a direct reading instrument measures in ohms- -says SID MORLEY National Carbon Salt's Engineer per-inch the coating on each carbon. If the coat- ing is too thin or too thick, the unwanted carbon is ejected from the line. How is this rigid test related to good lighting? First, if the coating is too thin, the carbon might spindle back to the holder, resulting in freezing and a possible lamp shutdown. Secondly, if too thick, it might produce copper dripping and cause the arc to wander. In coating and all other manufacturing steps, National Carbon utilizes today's most reliable quality control methods. We want to be sure your patrons get the finest screen lighting that projector carbon money can buy ! Conlact Mr. National Carbon UNION CARBIDE "National" and "Union Carbide" are registered trade-marks for products of NATIONAL CARBON COMPANY Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y. In Canada: Union Carbide Canada Limited, Toronto * International Projectionist June 1963 FIG. 1 — Two sizes of xenon bulb manufactured by the firm of Osram in Germany. The bulbs are made of heat- resistant quartz, the metal electrodes of tungsten. The bulbs are filled with pure xenon gas at a pressure of from 8 to 10 atmospheres. to incandescence by an oxyacetylene flame which, by itself, is only feebly luminous in spite of its high tempera- ture. The "mazda" light bulb used in small projectors emits its radiation from a solid tungsten-wire filament heated to incandescence by an electric current. The low-intensity carbon arc produces its light from the white-hot tip of a solid carbon rod heated, like an incandescent-bulb filament, by the passage of electricity. The solid carbon does indeed slowly vaporize and burn away, but the "arc" of current-conducting gas between the tips of the two carbons, although luminous, is much less bright than the glowing positive crater. Even the high-intensity arc is a solid emitter. Some of its light comes from the solid carbon of the crater, but most comes from a cloud of electrically excited cerium oxide particles suspended in a film of carbon gas covering the crater floor. Inasmuch as the low-intensity crater light is yellowish, and the high-intensity cerium light is bluish, varying the electrical load varies the color of the high- intensity carbon arc. The xenon light source, on the other hand, is a true gaseous-discharge type of illuminant, and "arc light" in the true sense of the term. All of the radiation is emitted from an arc of glowing gas between the two metal electrodes, not from the electrodes, themselves. Bluish violet 400 436 Yellow- „ £reenYellow 546 578V 700 SPECTRUM OF MERCURY 400 436 546 578 700 SPECTRUM OF MERCURY (VAPOR UNDER PRESSURE) FIG 2 — The spectrum of mercury vapor con- sists of bright colored lines on a dark back- ground. The three most intense lines are bluish violet, yellowish green, and yellow. If the pressure of the vapor is greatly in- creased, the lines broaden to give a more satisfactory light for illuminating purposes. Nevertheless, the absence of red rays in mercury light causes all red objects illumin- ated by it to appear dark brown or black in color. This diagram is for illustrative purposes only: there is no mercury in a xenon bulb. Common Discharge Lamps Colored Most of the common gaseous-discharge illuminants, such as the neon-type tubes used for illuminated signs, are manifestly unsuitable for projection purposes. First, they aire not sufficiently concentrated (low luminosity per unit area ) . and hence cannot be focused to a small, intensely bright "spot" by mirrors or lenses. Second, they emit a strange sort of light which usually appears more or less colored and which, when analyzed with a spectroscope, is seen to consist only of a few intensely col- ored "emission lines" (Separate wavelengths of light) on an otherwise dark spectral background. The mercury-vapor lamp used for blueprinting is another common example of an electric gaseous-discharge light source. Electricity passes through mercury vapor and excites the mercury atoms into emitting radiation. The light of a mercury-vapor lamp has a ghastly green- ish white color, but this is not its worst feature as an illuminant. It makes most colored objects illuminated by it, look horribly discolored and blackish. The discoloring effect of mercury-vapor light is due to the absence in its spectrum of all but a very few colors. The mercury spectrum consists chiefly of only three bright colored lines on a black background — yellow, yellowish green, and bluish violet. (The strong ultraviolet lines, useful in a few special applications, are invisible. I In mercury light, all objects which are bright blue, bluish green, orange, or flesh-colored appear grav or brown; and all red objects look black for the simple reason that mercury light is almost completely devoid of red rays! An improvement in both the illuminating intensity and visual quality of mercurv light results when the pressure of the electricity-conducting vapor, or gas, is greatly increased. Not only does the mercury-vapor tube then give more light, but the spectral emission lines (yellow, green, and violet) widen into relatively broad bands which include more colors. The light then has a less ghostly appearance and gives a somewhat better (though still very far from perfect) rendition of colored objects illuminated by it. This is why the mercurv vapor in modern street- illuminating lamps and in the "pulsed-light" tube for shutterless motion-picture projectors is excited under high pressure. But even so, the extreme weakness of the red region of the mercury spectrum and the absence of pure blue are serious handicaps from the visual point of view. The light from a high-pressure mercury bulb may have a daylight-white appearance, but it is spectrally too selec- tive to behave in a natural manner as an illuminant. This is true even when cadmium has been added to the mer- curv to supply the missing red wavelengths, or rubidium and cesium to supply both red and blue. The mercury arc and its spectrum have been described here only to clarify the basic spectro-colorimetric prob- International Projectionist June 1963 lems peculiar ti> gaseous-discharge light sources. That the tenon arc is free from the energy-distribution limita- tion- of the mercury are will soon he apparent. Vo mercury is used in the xenon lamp. Xenon Satisfactory for Projection Xenon is an invisible, heavy, odorless, non-poisonous, Don-combustible, and verj rare gas of the helium family of chemically inert elements (helium, neon, argon. krypton, xenon, radon); and it. too, emits light when excited In the passage of electricity. And as is the case with mercury vapor, the emission lines of xenon are broadened and improved for illuminating purposes by pressurizing the gas. However, there are very important differences between xenon light and mercury light — differences which serve to impress us with the very satisfactory visual qualiu of the light emitted In pressurized xenon gas when an electric current of the proper voltage characteristics is passed through it. Unlike mercurj light, which has onl\ three brighl •■mission lines, xenon lignl has a large number of lines evenhj distributed throughout the entire \ i-il >!«• spectrum. \nd when the xenon gas is placed under pie— me. the lines broaden and merge into one another to form a continuous spectrum containing all of the color- associ ated with the different wavelengths of lighl from TOO millimicrons (deep red) to 400 millimicrons (intense violet). None are missing. The result is a daylight- white light of continuous energy distribution which is visually pleasing and ui\e- a complete!) natural rendi- tion of the colors recorded on dye-image color films, Violet Blue Cya n Green YdlowOrui^* Red ,^ &* 'I _i -*»■ . ^ — — ■ ~^z£ ;"'-% _>UN . 2^ "*«"** ;r0\ 3 f L.I. ArtC s&P /"V 400 300 600 700 Nanometer* FIG. 3 - - Spectrophotometric curves in the visible spectrum of average noon sunlight, the high-intensity and Ion-intensity carbon arcs, ami the tungsten-filament (mazda) lamp. The weakness of mazda illumination in the short- it arc end of the spectrum ! violet to blue) results in a distinctly yellonisli li^ht. such color as Eastman Color, erraniacolor. etc. Technicolor. Gevacolor, \ufa- Quality of "White": Color Temperature The ideal color-quality of illumination for motion ja&aa& PROVED BYTEST...BYFARTHE BEST Arc Lamps and Rectifiers for Every Projector... for Every Theatre... The World's Finest HERE ARE THE FACTS SUPER ClrMEX . . . The masterpiece of the most experienced projection lamp designer. No other lamp has even re- motely approached its perfection from every point of view— mechanically, elec- trically, optically, hydraulically or its fine air-conditioned system. Its durability and stamina have been proved. More and more fine theatres and drive-ins are re-equip- ping with Ashcraft Super Cinex daily due to their fine reputation for perfect screen light and service. Current range with 1 3.6 mm carbon, 125-165 amperes. CORE-LITE ... the latest and most phenomenal producer of white light at lowest possible operating cost in the fam- ily of Great Ashcraft Arc tamps. Same arc burner and arc controls as the SUPER- CINEX. Same quality and built-in reliabil- ity. The lamp is optically designed to give greater white light distribution at less cost for carbons and electricity. There is none better— anywhere! 70-110 amp. CINEX 35/70 SPECIAL ... The Great of the Ashcraft Arc tamps is a modi- fied Super Cinex. Like the Super Cinex no third element or relay lens is necessary regardless whether 35 mm or 70 mm film is being projected. Uses a 13.6 mm high intensity positive carbon at current ranges between 1 25 and 1 40 amperes. RECTIFIER . . . THE SPECIAL CORE- LITE I 2 PHASE HIGH REACTANCE RECTIFIER . . . designed for the require- ments of the Core-Lite lamp, this rectifier will give the best results. Low reactance 6 phase rectifiers should not be used. Certain motor gen- erators, but not all, are acceptable. The special Core-Lite S/1212 rectifier will give you long, excellent service with an absolute minimum of expense. Other Ashcraft rectifiers available for every power need. The cost is no more than for inferior rectifiers. m^kmWkmWkmlkm^km^kmWkmWkmmm^m SOLD EVERYWHERE IN THE UNITED STATES BY LEADING RECOGNIZED THEATRE SUPPLY DEALERS I.S. ASHCRAFT MFG. CO., INC. • 36-32 38th STREET- LONG ISLAND CITY 1, N.Y. International Projectionist June 1963 9 picture projection is ordinarily described as "daylight white." An illuminant will give this quality of light when it emits all visible wavelengths about equally. If the light is weak in the shortwave end of the spectrum (violet, blueviolet, blue), it will be yellowish in color. If weak in the longwave end (red scarlet, orange), the light will be bluish. If weak at both ends, the middle green and yellow rays will preponderate, and the light will look greenish. Less frequently, the middle part of the spec- trum may be weak. In this case, the preponderance of red and violet rays will impart a purplish or pinkish color to the light. For the purpose of measuring light, particularly with reference to its color, scientists have agreed upon three standard illuminants designated as Source A, Source B, and Source C. Source A is amber-yellow tungsten-lamp illumination. Source B is direct noon sunlight. Source C. the one we are most interested in, is diffused daylight (direct sunlight plus blue skylight). Compared with lanmplight. Source C illumination has a bluish cast, but it is actually the near-neutral whiteness of skylight on a heavily overcast day. Unless they are perceptibly purplish, pinkish, or greenish, illuminants may also be rated on the basis of the temperature to which a perfectly absorbing "Planc- kian-type radiator" must be heated to match them in color. Thus the light of a candle flame may be said to have a "color temperature" of 3,015° Fahrenheit, or 1,657° Centigrade; and because the glowing carbon par- ticles in a candle flame actually have this high tempera- ture, carbon may be said to be a near-perfect Planckian radiator. In practice, color temperatures are specified on the absolute, or Kelvin, thermometer scale, which is the same as the Centigrade plus 273 degrees. In the example above, 3,015° F = 1,657° C = 1,930° K. Zero on the Kelvin scale is particularly significant: it is the tem- perature at which all heat vanishes — the absolute and unsurpassable cold. (0° K = -273° C = -460° F.) It can readily be understood that reddish and yel- lowish light sources have lower color temperatures than pure white and bluish white sources. The standard tung- sten mazda lamp ( Source A ) , for example, has a color temperature of 2,854° K, while a 1000- watt mazda pro- jection lamp has a color temperature of about 3.200° K, Ultra violet -<— VIsib e — Infrared H.I .AC \c f I \ V. 1 XI :nc )N :■ : C 1 \'i> \ *I _C 1 ; :1: ; ?• ij- .-'* •+*•**—' >.. ,».. i X /, X ENC )N **. '•4 d^*3 / "c •-"** ^*as *•—•" !.!»» 300 -4O0 500 600 70O 800 900 100O 120O 140O 1600 Wavelength in nanometers (millimicrons) FIG. 4 — Ultraviolet, visible, and infrared energy distribution for the high-intensity carbon arc and the xenon short-arc bulb (dotted line). The energy distribution of xenon light is continuous and nearly level in the visible spectrum. Xenon light is therefore daylight-white in color and very satisfactory for the correct rendition of the colors in color-film prints. 10 and hence emits a somewhat whiter light. Nevertheless, the "white" light of a mazda projection bulb is de- finitely yellowish in comparison with direct noon sun- light (Source B = 4,870° ) or diffused daylight (Source C = 6,740° ) . The color temperature of clear blue sky is said to be about 25,000°, while an "infinitely hot" body would emit a light just perceptibly bluer than the clear blue sky. (Even this is far from a "saturated" spectrum blue ! ) Co9or Temperatures of Carbon Arcs The color temperature of the low-intensity carbon is 3,900°, which is, in fact, the actual temperature of solid carbon heated to the temperature at which it va- porizes. (3,900° K = 3,600° C = 6,800° F in round figures. ) The LI carbon arc is thus whiter than a tungsten-filament bulb, though slightly yellowish in comparison with the high-intensity carbon arc or with daylight. Except for solid carbons, tungsten-lamp filaments, and other Planckian radiators, color temperature has no connection with the actual temperature of light sources. Thus clear blue sky, which has the enormously high color temperature of 25,000°, is actually freezing cold! But a lump of matter heated to a temperature of 25,000° (as in certain stars) would have exactly the same bluish color. Unlike the low-intensity arc. the high-intensity carbon arc does not obey Planck's rule. It is a non-Planckian radiator. The actual temperature of the crater of a HI positive carbon is the same as that of the crater of a LI positive carbon (3,900°). but the color temperature of a HI arc is quite a bit higher than that of a LI arc. This means that the HI carbon arc gives a less yellow- ish, or "whiter," light than the LI carbon arc does. The blue-white component of the light of a high-intensity carbon arc comes mainly from cerium atoms in an elec- trically excited state. As a matter of fact, the pure white light of a properly operated HI carbon arc is similar to direct sunlight (color temperature about 5,000°) both in appearance and in spectral energy distribution — no empty "gaps" or sharp emission "peaks" in the spectrum. This makes the HI carbon arc very satisfactory for color-film pro- jection. Unfortunately, however, two important operat- ing factors familiar to all projectionists militate against the achievement of an invariably constant color tempera- ture for HI carbon-arc screen illumination. Color Temperature of HI Arc Varies One of these carbon-arc operating factors is electrical load. If HI carbons are burned at the minimum recom- mended currents, the color temperature may be as low as 4,500°. This represents a distinctly yellowish light, and only just a bit "whiter" than LI arc radiation. On the other hand, HI carbons burned at the maximum re- commended currents emit a blue-white light of about 6,500° in color temperature. This is substantially the same as diffused daylight (Source C) in color. Readers of IP mav recall that we have always recom- mended that HI positives be burned at. or very close to, their maximum current ratings in order to obtain this snow-white daylight quality of light on the screen. The picture will also be brighter, the screen illumination more uniformly distributed, and the reproduction of color films more vivid and lifelike. The second carbon-arc factor affecting the color temperature of the light on the screen is arc focus. If the positive crater advances too far toward the mirror, the light will become brownish — a very low color tem- perature. If the crater recedes too far away from the (Continued on Page 16) International Projectionist June 1963 MPAA Officials Praise Century Projection Booth WASHINGTON — Following the installation of the Century projection booth for the Motion Picture Associ- ation ot America's screening room here, MP A \ officials expressed their satisfaction with the installation, de- tailed in the May, 1963, issue of IP. Kenneth (Mark, executive vice presi- dent ot MPAA, disclosed his satisfac- tion with the Century-equipped pro- lection booth in a letter to Frank E. Cahill, Jr. ot Century: "It's the talk of the town . . . the Century-equipped projection booth in our screening room. "Now. with this marvelous new in- stallation, we can show everything from lonim to 70mm. The transistorized sound system is also perfect. "A top I. S. Government official who attended a screening here the other night came out smiling and said: "'It this is how it is in theatres. I'm becoming a movie Fan again. It's al most like attending a live stage show. only better in many respects. I reali/e now how much I've been missing from passing up too many motion pictures.' "When theatres ha\ e equipment such ■ is you have installed lor us. I am sure it will lure back customers who have, as our friend said, been passing up too many mm its. "We are delighted with it all." Ih-' Motion Picture Association of America. Inc's screening room in Washington, D.C. is one of the out- standing screening rooms in the world — in fact, those who have visited this exquisite room come awaj with the feeling that the) have enjoyed Amer- ica's pa-time f movies) in the atmos- phere of a beautiful living room. \- for motion picture presentation facilities, the MP \ \ projection booth has everything from 16mm to 70mm equipment. The new Century American-made '» '>imm projectors as well as the Centurv multiple 6-1-1 channel All- Transistor sound equipment was sup- plied and installed by H. C. Dusman of the firm of J. F. Dusman Co. of Baltimore. Md., established in 1912. The Dusman Co. has been a Centurv dealer for over 35 years. In addition to the 7<> 35mm equipment, auxiliarv interlocks for 3D or separate sound heads were installed, which makes J. Al Pratt, consulting projection this room unique in even respect, engineer, member of Local 224 MPO. was in direct charge of the installa- . tion completed March 15. 1963. International Projectionist June 1963 IF YOU ARE NOT USING THE "LITTLE MISER" CARRON SAVER YOU ARE LOSING SEVERAL HUNDRED DOLLARS EACH YEAR AN NEW ILLUMINATED SCREW DRIVER Just twist the stud in and out No grinding — No dirt 4 sizes, 9-10-1 1mm, $3.00 ea. 13.6mm, $4.50 ea. for working on speaker post after dark . . . com- plete with 4 driver bits; two sizes flat head and Phillips head and two No. 135 batteries, $3.35 each. LOU WALTERS Sales and Service Co. 4207 Lawnview Ave., Dallas 27, Texas Phone EV 8-1550 Post paid when check is sent with order. *' CRYSTAL CLARITY IN PROJECTION Kollmorgen lenses rate tops in the mo- tion picture industry. Used exclusively with Cinerama, they are standard equip- ment in more than 70% of American theaters. Crystal clarity of projection on the screen — the whole screen — is typ- ical of the outstanding performance of super snaplite" lenses. Other advantages that add up to superior screening with super snaplite are: Fastest tens speeds Crystal clarity Wire sharp contrast / 1^ Wide range of focal lengths I " Sealed construction \ | £ Bulletin 222 describes Kollmorgen lenses in detail. See your equip- ment dealer, or write us direct. CORPORATION NORTHAMPTON. MASSACHUSETTS 11 THE CINEMA THEATRE LOBBY CONCESSION AREA Well-Chosen Location, Top-Flight Projection Equipment Pay Off for South Carolina Theatre LOBBY LOUNGE AREA AUDITORIUM AND STAGE Stewart & Everett Theatres, Char- lotte, N. C, has a new, modernistic theatre in Rock Hill, S. C, the Cinema Theatre. Charles H. Wheatley & Associates, architects in Charlotte, designed and supervised the construction of the theatre. The architects were given freedom by Stewart & Everett to give expression to "something new and different, yet incorporating in the design the proved principles condu- cive to good theatre operation and good presentation." The Cinema Theatre has a fine location on Oakland Avenue, which is a thoroughfare bringing traffic into Rock Hill from the more popu- lous outlying area. It's one block from Winthrop College, a South Carolina State girls' college with an enrollment of 2,100 students. Rock Hill has a population of 30,000 and a drawing radius of approximately 60,000. All equipment, both sound and BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE Free Test Samples |^lW*»*f w'rmwi'iwTf ■ Double 84 inch relay racks for stereo pre-amplijier anil controls. No. 2, and No. 3 amplifier channels to stage speakers, and output selector panel. On the right is the optical stereo selective monitor and input controls to the optical power amplifier. projection and intercommunication system was installed l>\ Carolina Sound Kquipment Service. Charlotte, under the direction of the firm's engineer, R. W. Ramsey, and John L. Shaver. Jr.. assistant to Ramsey. The Cinema Theatre has a seating capacity of 600. The cost of the building was $133,500, exclusive of land. The cost of the equipment was approximatel) S 10,000. The exterior was constructed of glass, ceramic tile, brick and con- crete, with the main sign and marquee huilt in Plexiglas with Wagner glass H THE VERY FINEST PROJECTOR PARTS The ultimate in precision, long life and dependability— they keep projectors in top operating condition essential to good pictures, patron satisfaction and good business. Available through your Theatre Equipment Dealer. SINCE 1908 MACHINE WORKS 463S W. LAKE ST., CHICAGO 44, ILL. TELEPHONE— AREA 312— ES 8-1636 How electrical noise is produced • • . calculated . . . measured . . . controlled Here are the basic facts about electrical noise — how it originates in circuits . . . what terms describe it . . . how to measure it . . . how to design circuits to minimize its undesirable effects. The physical nature of tbe various sources of noise are clearly de- scribed, including such sources as thermal agitation or resistance noise . . . shot noise in vacuum tubes and semiconductor junctions . . . noise from spontaneous emission of electromagnetic radiation . . . and noise in gas discharges. This practical book also explains auxiliary mathematical techniques, and discusses the relation of signal and noise in various types of communication systems. For ease in use, the simple tuned circuit associated with a device for measuring average power is made the basic tool for analyzing noise. ELECTRICAL 270 pages, 6x9 105 illustrations $10.00 By WILLIAM R. BENNETT Data Communications Consultant, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Rear of right projector assembly wiring and booth intercommunica- tion and house lighting control. (No horizontal conduit runs.) International Projectionist June 1963 Each chapter in this helpful book begins in a simple, practical manner and works toward more complicated examples. For example, prop- erties of thermal noise and its relation to black- body radiation are deduced from basic laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. You also will find a clear treatment of elemen- tary quantum mechanics in discussions of the maser and of noise in semiconductors. And, in describing noise properties of various devices, the book fills in your working background with basic facts on junction diodes — transistors — gas discharge tubes— klystrons— traveling wave amplifiers— and others. Both independent and dependent noise sources are analyzed. In addition to the standard theory of noise figure and its significance, a treatment is given of the more comprehensive Haus-Adler theory of noise measure. Throughout, the book stresses the universality of noise-like phenomena. Noise formulas for diodes and transistors; noise gen- eration to meet specifications; design of ampli- fiers for minimum noise effects— these and many other topics "are covered. A comprehensive re- view of noise in the various methods of signal transmission such as amplitude modulation . . . frequency modulation . . . and the different kinds of pulse modulation is included, CONTENTS 1. General Properties of Noise 2. Thermal Noise 3. Distribution of Magnitudes in Noise Sources 4. Noise in Vacuum Tubes 5. Noise in Semiconductors 6. Noise in Electromagnetic Radiation 7. Noise-generating Equipment 8. Noise Measurements and Techniques 9. Design of Low-noise Equipment 10. Application of Fourier Analysis to Noise Problems 11. Noise in Communication Systems INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Please send me a copy of "Electrical Noise" by William R. Bennett. (I enclose $10.00.) Name Address City & State 13 MODERNIZE POWER UNITS No burned contacts, cooler operation, smoother current with BE silicon rectifiers. A model to replace any bulb type. One year guarantee BROWN ELECTRONICS 1717 South St., ALLENTOWN, PA. PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement- For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. Norelco projection equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. Edward L. Taylor of Rock Hill, S. C. is the projectionist, with 10 years operating experience since the service. He was formerly employed as projectionist at the Stevenson Theatre, Rock Hill, S. C. panels and letter frames, and Wag- ner's changable letters. The accompanying illustrations show the design of the front; lobby with its oval refreshment counter, and the auditorium with its Ideal chairs, and its carpeted aisles. The projection room is 18 by 20 feet, with ceiling height 10 ft. It is completely fireproof, of finished block wall and cement. Floors and walls sealed and painted. Projection, sound and arc lamp equipment include: Century CC pro- jectors with Century R5 reproducers. Magna-Sync penthouse reproducers for stereo. Lamps are Peerless Mag- na-Arc and 65 amperes D. C. power supply is from ventilated Strong vertical selenium rectifiers. Circuitry of the equipment is com- posite but conventional, with im- provement modifications added by Carolina Sound Equipment Service, who designed, engineered, and super- vised installation of all booth equip- ment at the Cinema. This includes all projection and sound equipment, theatre intercommunication System, close-in screen curtain controls, auto- matic screen masking;, remote con- trols, and "High Fidelity Ceiling Sur- round" speakers. Century W5-17 optical and Cen- tury-Altec stereo magnetic four chan- nel sound amplifiers, sold by Stand- ard Theatre Supply Co., are being used in two 84 in. rack mountings. Special sound control pre-amplifiers and switching panels custom designed by Carolina Sound Equipment Ser- vice permit operation of front stage public address and "Sound Reinforc- ing" facility through the optical sound amplifier channel and the ceiling "surround" speakers. A booth microphone also is provid- ed for use in paging or making an- nouncements to the audience through the "surround" auditorium speakers. This reinforcement and its PA func- tion works very well with minimum acoustic feedback when cardioid directional microphones are used. Special loading switches are provided to transfer the output of the optical amplifier from the center stage speaker channel to the ceiling "sur- round" speakers since these are also used as fourth track effects channel from stereo-magnetic film operation. The optical amplifier rack is pro- vided with a selective channel stereo- optical - PA output monitor with level control. Special input selector switch is provided to permit use of the Century Also 200 other Models of Power Supplies and Battery Chargers. Write for Catalog. CHRISTIE ELECTRIC CORP. 34123 W. 67th St., Los Angeles 43, Calif. 14 International Projectionist June 1963 » AUTHORITATIVE » COMPREHENSIVE » PRACTICAL Acclaimed by leading technicians in the industry as the most comprehen- sive and down-to-earth handbook pub- lished to date on the subject of motion picture projection. Ideally suited for study and reference by your opera- tors. ROBERT A. MITCHELLS MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION HANDY 5' 2" SIZE — 4<50 PAGES ILLUSTRATED — CROSS INDEXED FOR EASY REFERENCE * Here is one of the most help- ful works ever published for the motion picture projection- ist. A handsomely bound and profusely illustrated compila- tion of the BEST of the Robert A. Mitchell articles that have appeared in "International Projectionis t," revised, brought up to date. * The author covers clearly and thoroughly every aspect of motion picture projection, pre- senting his material in easily understood language — not too technical, yet technically ac- curate. The Manual is divided in 8 sections and contains 30 chapters — a valuable refer- ence work no progressive pro- jectionist should be without. ! SECTION HEADINGS (1) Film; (2) The Projector; (3) Projection - Optics, Screens; (4) The Arc Lamp; (5) General Projection Practice; (6) Motors, Generators, and Rectifiers; (7) Sound Reproduction Systems; (8) Projection of Color and 3-D Films, Formulas. ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY * USE THIS HANDY FORM INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Gentlemen: please send me copy (copies of ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION. Enclosed is my check (or money-order) for i NAME ADDRESS CITY ZONE STATE $6.oo per copy including postage Booth Left Projector Assembly with Sound and Control wiring Channel Box Method shown. W5-17 optical amplifier with mon- Aural phonograph input, pre-ampli- fier PA input, mixer or FM radio and the fourth channel stereo mag- netic pre-amplifier switcher. Normal function of the Amplifier is optical sound from number 2 stage center speaker. Stereo-phono record player repro- duction ( 2 channel ) is used for inter- mission or incidental music record- ings. A novel and enhanced reproduc- tion effect is secured from stereo re- corded records through use of the number 2 stage channel speaker for the number 1 channel stereo and the Hi Fi flush ceiling "surround" speak- ers for the number 2 stereo-phono channel. The public is very congni- zant of the improvement in sound reproduction quality, often question- ing whether recordings heard are from tape or film. The Cinema Theatre auditorium has some "live" acoustic resonant tendencies at voice fundamental fre- quencies due to the absence of drape or wall fabric materials on side and rear walls or ceiling. Acoustic plaster is used over the rear curved auditorium cement wall. The ceiling consists of eleven tilted panels in three large sections. These panels consist of steel angle iron frames and metal lath, covered with acoustic plaster. They are spaced from and suspended by steel wire and anchor bolts from the pre-cast concrete ceiling beams and cement beam stems. This spacing and "tilt" installation provides a variable acous- tic pocket but with negligible surface absorption. The side walls to ceiling consist of perforated and corrugated aluminum over fiberglass insulation, decorative as well as fireproof. Resonant damping so acoustically de- sirable to securing intimate screen presence from stage speaker repro- duction is minor, but the decorative effect and new commercial materials design is modern and unique. In- direct auditorium lighting is provided around ceiling panels and is best controlled using conventional Mazda multi-colored tungsten lighting strips and motorized dimmer. iP XENON Projection Lamps Continued from Page 10 mirror, the light will become bluish — an excessively high color temperature. In either case, the light will become annoyingly dim. Xenon Arc Always Daylighr-Whire The xenon arc is free from both these causes of color change. It emits light having a constant color tempera- ture of about 7,000° regardless of current changes, which affect only the brightness of the emitted light. There are no variations in color over the emitting area ( the xenon arc between the two tungsten electrodes ) , and there is no burn-away of electrodes to introduce dis- turbances in the optical focus. Though smooth and continuous, the spectrum of the high-pressure xenon discharge reveals a moderate emis- sion peak in the blue; but the spectrum has no dark gaps; and the blue peak introduces no perceptible visual effects or distortion of the colors in color prints. The invisible portions of the xenon-lamp spectrum produce unimportant physical effects. Xenon radiation is proportionately richer in ultraviolet radiation than is the HI carbon arc, and quartz transmits ultraviolet rather freely. Ultraviolet rays act upon the oxygen of the air to produce ozone, a gas which is perceptible to the projectionist by its chlorine-like, but not un- pleasant, odor. Ozone does no harm in the small quan- tities produced by projection light sources. just beyond the red end of the visible spectrum 16 of xenon we find a rather large energy peak. This is in the infrared region. Infrared rays contribute nothing to the luminance of a light source, but increase the heating effect of its radiation. The xenon infra- red peak is nevertheless neither intense enough nor broad enough to require use of heat filters where these would not be required by other considerations. Lumen for lumen, xenon radiation is a trifle more heat-producing than HI carbon-arc radiation, rather cooler than LI arc radiation, and considerably cooler than tungsten-filament radiation. Its color temperature of 7,000° K makes xenon light an extremely close match for diffused daylight or Stand- ard Source C. The match is probably exact after the xenon light has passed through film, lenses, and port glass, and undergone reflection from the screen surface as well as from the silvered lamphouse mirrors, all of them elements which tend to yellow the light and thereby lower the color temperature. It is interesting to note that diffused daylight (approximately 6,500° K) has been chosen as the standard white for both black-and-white and color TV picture tubes. The physical structure and operation of the xenon short-arc bulb will be described next month — mighty im- portant considerations for the thousands of projectionists who may soon be called upon to operate this clean, convenient, and very pleasing light source. (To Be Concluded) International Projectionist June 1963 The grand foyer retains the sweep of the old Empire Theatre promenade, and features curved sales counter for soft drinks, confections and cigarettes. The projection room with two Philips 70-35 mm projec- tjrs, fitted with Ashcraft Super Cinex arcs, a Philips FP7, and a Westrex transistorized sound system. MGM's New Empire Theatre in London Occupies a Famous Site in Leicester Square LONDON. ENGLAND— Only the outside walls remain of the Metro- Goldwyn-Mayer old Empire Theatre in Leicester Square, and the new Empire Theatre on this famous site is advertised as the most luxurious cinema in Europe. Ii opened in late December with "Jumbo" the attrac- tion. The new Empire shares the build- ing space with the Mecca Ballroom. with the theatre above the ballroom — the cinema is a few steps from the street level. The architect had to design the theatre within a theatre, leaving the existing structure without altering it. \n\ interference with the foundations on Lisle Street and Leicester Place would have affected the stability of the retaining walls. I he heating and air conditioning equipment is in the sub-basement, and above this is the Mecca Ballroom. which operates many ballrooms in London. North Ireland and Scotland. The new Empire has a seating cap- acity of L,330 seats, whereas the old Empire could accommodate 3,500. In other words, the new theatre is in step w ith the today's economy in the industry . The old Empire's gilt columns, (lassie freizes and ornate ceiling are all pone. In what was originally the circle of the old theatre is a new luxuriously modern cinema, with the finest in projection and sound, the latest type of super-comfort seating and generous leg room throughout. Construction of the auditorium floor is insulated so that it excludes any noise from the dancing in the ballroom, below the auditorium. Its base is a slab of concrete five inches A rear view of the auditorium from the stage showing the concealed lighting and the projection booth, designed in consultation with IP columnist Stanley Perry. International Projectionist June 1963 A view of the auditorium, which now seats 1,330 peo- ple— the old Empire could accommodate 3,500 — in modern decor with its ceiling and walls of plaster tile. 17 thick, steel girders form walls separa- ting the auditorium and the grand foyer. The lobby contains four cashiers booths, faced with blue Beige marble, along the left-hand wall. The vesti- bule contains two short flights of stairs across its full width. Up the stairs the patrons get a view of the grand foyer. The grand foyer is 130 feet long and features a curbing re- freshment counter where ice cream, confectionery, soft drinks and cigaret- tes are sold. It's decorated in modern style and preserves the large prom- enade of the old Empire. The auditorium is the stadium type with 642 seats in the ground floor and 688 chairs in the stadium. The auditorium is fan-shaped and like the Radio City Music Hall — which pioneered the lighting design — the concealed lighting spreads to the six facets in a rainbow of colors by the 18 three-color circuits. Seating is staggered. The Ameri- can Seating Co.'s lounge chairs are PROJECTOR CARBONS Better Light! Lower Costs! RINGSDORFF CARBON CORP. East McKeesport. Pa. installed. The seats are installed at a distance of three feet back-to-back. The auditorium color scheme is mink and gold. The contour curtain — it will operate electrically to any pre-determined shape — is gold. The curtain has 15 vertical lines, so it can raise, tableau or drape. The vertical lines are controlled by 15 separate motors operated from the projection room. Stanley Perry, who is M-G-M pro- jection supervisor, and well known to IP readers because of his contribu- tions to this journal, has designed a projection room which is roomy. Perry, who had charge of the booth when the old Empire opened in 1928, is the only person from the original staff still with the theatre. The new Empire's projection room accommodates two Philips 35-70 mm projectors, a Philips FP7 projector, a spotlight, Westrex sound and the usual accessories. The Philips 35-70 mm projectors are mounted with arc lamps by Ash- craft Manufacturing Co., Super Cinex running at 135A. The water supply is taken from the mains, but Ashcraft water-coolers are provided for stand- by supply. The Westrex sound system picks up its signals from the magnetic heads, but for optical sound a Wes- trex photo-transistor is installed. A pre-amplifier and line amplifier are fully transistorized. A knob on the operating side of the pre-amplifier gives change-over between the six- track, four-track and optical sound. Four picture sizes: the wide-screen picture, with a ratio of 1.75 to 1, measures 40 ft. by 23 ft. ; the Cinema- Scope ratio is 2.32 to 1, the picture measuring 50 ft. by 21 ft. 6 in.; Pana- vision ratio is 2.7 to 1. and the screen size is 64 ft. by 23 ft. 6 in.; Todd-AO INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota □ 1 year (12) issues — $3.00 □ 2 years (24) issues — $5.00 FOREIGN: Add $1.00 per year Enter my subscription for Na me Address City Zone State 18 the actual ratio is 2.21 to 1, the picture measuring 60 ft. by 27 ft. The screen, a Perlux. measures 63 ft. by 30 ft. Alongside the projection room is the rectifier room. It contains four Hewittic silicon rectifiers, all operat- ing from 415V three-phase supply. At the end of the projection room is a compact control system for the house and stage lighting. Other Westrex equipment installed in the new Empire includes two stage amplification systems, record playing system feeding to 18 loudspeakers in the foyer, and a manager's an- nouncement system. iP Demand Reported for Ashcraft Core-Lite Lamp Since the first installation of Ash- craft Core-Lite arc lamps and rec- tifiers was made in the Palace theatre in Orange, N. J., eight other theatre owners located in the New York sales area have installed them, or have signed orders for them, the National Theatre Supply Co. reports: Cinema I, New York City; Cen- tral theatre, Cedarhurst, N. Y. ; Stan- ley-Warner Theatres, New York; Strand Theatre. Astoria, New York City; Plainfield theatre, Edison Township, N. J.; Turnpike theatre, East Brunswick, N. J.; Walter Reade-Sterling's Barclay Farms the- atre, Cherry Hill, N. J., and a new Skouras Theatre at Closter, N. J. Interested theatre owners were in- vited to visit theatres where tests were conducted. The report states that in a compar- ative test recently conducted at Charles Moss' Central theatre in Cedarhurst, between a Core-Lite lamp burning an 11mm x 17%" black ro- tating positive carbon, and a lamp burning a 9mm x 14" copper-coated positive carbon, the Core-Lite gave notably uniform light distribution de- spite the necessity to use projection lenses of S^-inch E. F. for Cinema- Scope, and 214-inch lenses for stand- ard because of a 47-ft. picture at 90 ft. throw. Foot-lambert readings were taken by Larry Orthner of the C. S. Ash- craft Manufacturing Co.; Milton Berk, supervisor of projection of B. S. Moss Theatres; and Allen Smith of National Theatre Supply. Accord- ing to the readings reported, the Core- Lite developed an increase of 61% in side lighting over the lamp burn- ing the 9mm copper-coated carbon. Core-Lite distribution was 81%, compared with 53%. iP International Projectionist June 1963 Today's audiences respond to technical quality in showmanship. . .quality that starts with sharp negatives and sharp prints. So, go Eastman all the way— negative and print stock. And always give the laboratory time to do its job right. Most important, it you have questions— production, processing, and projection— always get in touch with Eastman Technical Service. For more information on this subject, write or phone: Motion Picture Film Department, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, Rochester 4, N. Y. Or— for the purchase of film: W. J. German, Inc., Agents for the sale and distribution of EASTMAN Professional Film for Motion Pictures and Tele- ■■■■■■■■■»■■■■■■■■■»■■ ■ ■ rr vision. Fort Lee, N. J., Chicago, III., Hollywood, Calif. ^35!^lPSy2,^E^BSE^3 « ■ ■■■■«»«■■■»»■■■■■■» CARBONS, INC Thru Lorraine Arc Carbons, distributors of "ORLUX" arc carbons to the_ Motion Picture Industry "ACTINA" carbons to the Graphic Arts Industry "SOLAR" carbons to the Environmental Sciences Industry 'PtaucUty rf" COMPETITOR^ Only 1 in 20 Drive-Ins, {perhaps your competitor) has even the minimum screen illumination (4.5 foot lamberts at the center of the screen with a stand- ard width aperture and the shutter running, measured from a midpoint on the ramp center line), recommended by The Society of Motion Picture & Tele- vision Engineers. Which of these projection lamps will properly illuminate YOUR screen? Here's a guide: PICTURE WIDTH 50 FOOT 60 FOOT 70 FOOT PROJECTION ARC _14" REFLECTOR 65 AMPERES. 80 FOOT. 90 FOOT. .18" REFLECTOR 11 MM LOW CURRENT RANGE. _18" REFLECTOR 11 MM HI CURRENT RANGE OR 13.6 MM LOW CURRENT RANGE. _18" REFLECTOR 13.6 MM HI CURRENT RANGE. .21" REFLECTOR BLOWN ARC LOW RANGE. 100 FOOT AND UP_ .21" REFLECTOR BLOWN ARC HI RANGE. IF YOU'RE FED UP— with a dismal boxoffice, brighten it up by brightening up your screen. The theatres with inadequate screen lighting are the theatres with the anemic boxoffices. Strong's complete line of lamps, includes one which will project the brighter, patron-pleasing pictures in your theatre. Discuss your needs with your equip- ment dealer now. FOR LITERATURE WRITE— THE ELECTRIC CORPORATION 31 CITY PARK AVENUE TOLEDO 1, OHIO A SUBSIDIARY OF GENERAL PRECISION EQUIPMENT CORPORATION luminous powers of lamps, the lumen values indicate :he light flux from the projector without the shutter. (Divide by 2 to find the approximate value with the shutter running.) Table 2 supplies similar data for the three models of xenon projection lamp equipment produced by the Strong Electric Corporation of Toledo, Ohio. TABLE 1 SIMPLIFIED HI CARBON-ARC LAMPS Carbon Trim Amps Lumens (No shutter) Screen Width for 10 Footlamberts 85% Matte 150% Directional 7 mm-6 mm 40 7,000 20' 26' 7 mm-6 mm 42 8,600 22' 29' 7 mm-6 mm 46 10,000 24' 32' 7 mm-6 mm 50 11,700 26' 34' 7 V2 mm-6 Vi mm 55 12,500 27' 35' 8 mm-7 mm 60 13,100 28' 36' TABLE 2 XENON LAMPS Xenon Bulb Wattac ie Lumens (No shutter) Screen Width for 10 Footlamberts 85% Matte 150% Directiona 900 W 4,500 16' 21' 1600 W 9,000 23' 30' 2500 W 12,500 27' 35' LACK -A A + WIRING DIAGRAM PLATE 1799 NO. 14 STRANDED WIRE NO. 4 STRANDED WIRE ±i± LINE 000 SAFETY SWITCH FIG. 2 — Wiring schematic for a xenon projec- tion lamp powered by a 3-phase rectifier. A comparison of these two tables serves to show that the highest-powered xenon projection lamp (the 2500-W model) is equivalent to a Superex-type lamp burning a hypothetical 7% mm - 6V2 mm carbon trim at 55 amps, to give 12,500 screen lumens without the projector shutter running. This is why we say that theatres needing more than 55 amps, of arc current for adequate screen illumina- tion must make use of high-intensity carbon arcs. Xenon lamps have already proved popular in hundreds of the smaller theatres in Europe and in dozens of preview rooms in the United States. Their use in American theatres has only just begun, and with extremely gratify- ing results from the point of view of all concerned — the moviegoer, the projectionist, and the theatre owner. And once again we must point out the fact that color films are seen at their best when projected by pure day- light-white xenon light. The xenon lamp is undoubtedly very desirable for the critical visual evaluation of color prints in studio and laboratory projection rooms because of the freedom from color-temperature changes of this light source. Anatomy of Xenon Bulb The structure of the xenon short-arc bulb is simplicity, itself. The transparent "envelope" is made of fused quartz, a material which is more resistant to the softening effects of heat than ordinary glass, and much less likely to crack from sudden temperature changes. Even so, it is plain commonsense to protect the bulb by preventing down-drafts and rain from entering the lamphouse through ventilating pipes. The two cone-shaped electrodes inside the strong quartz envelope are made of pure tungsten, a silvery-gray metal which has a very high melting point. The larger electrode is the positive one (anode) , and is positioned above the smaller negative electrode {cathode) when the bulb is installed in the lamphouse. The bulb is filled with the chemically inert gas xenon under a pressure of from 8 to 10 times that of the atmosphere. The pressure increases to 20 or 30 atmos- pheres when the bulb is in operation. Any increase in the current at which the bulb is burned increases the temperature, and hence the pressure of the gas inside it. Xenon, itself is a very rare constituent of the air ( 1 cubic foot of xenon in 15,000,000 cu. ft. of air), and is obtained by the fractional distillation of liquefied air. This is the only way to get it because xenon, like its sister elements of the helium family, forms no chemical compounds whatever. Igniting the Xenon Bulb The flamelike arc in a xenon bulb is started by a high-voltage discharge which breaks down the electrical resistance of the gas and establishes a conducting path between the two tungsten electrodes. The source of momentary high voltage (20,000 - 30,000 volts) is an "igniter" device consisting of an induction coil and capacitors, and is usually installed as a compact unit inside the lamphouse to keep the high-voltage leads as short as possible. Once a conducting path has been established by the high-voltage spark (applied for only a fraction of a second), the regular current supply for the lamp takes over. This is ordinarily a rectifier designed to furnish an initial voltage of 60 to 75 volts to establish a direct- current discharge. The arc thus established, the voltage spontaneously drops to the normal operating value of 20 to 30 volts in a current range of 30 to 70 amperes, de- (Please turn to page 16) International Projectionist July, 1963 WILL ROGERS TOUR — Ned Depinet (left), president of Will Rogers Memorial Hospital and O'Donnell Memorial Laboratories, exchanges greet- ings with Richard F. Walsh, interna- tional president of IATSE, during a tour of the hospital and laboratories at Saranac Lake, N. Y. During the meet- ing Walsh was appointed chairman of the executive committee and reelected to his post as chairman of the board of directors. iP K. \. ROSENBLATT Edward \. Rosenblatt ~>2. of Sher- brook Drive. Charlotte, N. C. died in late spring in a loeal hospital. "Eddie" a> he was well known to motion picture exhibitors and pro- jectionists and his many friends throughout the two Carolinas. was a sound engineer and assisted many independent exhibitors to achieve good operation during the period when television was making its strongest debut in the Carolinas. I.oved bv all who knew him or ever had dealings with him, "Ed" began to diversify in business about 1959 and established with his associ- ates a manufacturers agency distri- buting parking gates and municipal fire and police department technical equipment, a business in which he was very successful. In addition to his mother, survivors include his wife, Marv Nell Rosenblatt: two sons, James \shlej and John Ed- ward at home. His wife. Mary Nell lias long been associated with the Carolina and Atlanta "Wompis" and heartfelt sympathy by the indus- try is ixraciouslv extended. R.W.R. iP H. A. HARTMAN DIES Harry A. Hartman. 70. retired tiieatre engineer for the Wil-Kin J heatre Corp. for many years and traveling engineer for theatres in the Carolinas for the past 20 years, died recently at his home at 1100 Andover Road. Charlotte. N. C. Mr. Hartman made many friends in the Carolinas durins the early transition to sound and Cinemascope motion pictures and his many friends express sympathy to his surviving family. R.W.R. iP You Get More For Your Money WITH IBIGAWA CINEMA CARBONS It Will Brighten Up Your Screen At The Least Cost MAKE YOUR OWN TEST AT OUR EXPENSE SEND FOR FREE SAMPLE • WRITE FOR DETAIL FOLDER NOSAWA & CO., LTD. Sole U. S. A. Agent 180 Madison Ave., New York 16, N.Y. IBIGAWA ELECTRIC INDUSTRY CO.; LTD. Manufacturer — Japan NOTICE: we welcome inquiries for TERRITORIES FROM SUPPLIERS AND DISTRIBUTORS. International Projectionist July. 1963 BETTERS TO THE EDITOR For a second time I find myself tempted to contribute something to IP of a nostalgic rather than scienti- fic nature. | See WHO REMEMBERS WHEN? in IP for September 1959, page 20). However my recent acqui- sition of an old Powers 6-B mechan- ism as a museum piece brought to mind a most amusing incident of the silent days which I cannot resist passing along. In the early 20's I served for a time as projectionist I they called me "that operator" then) for a mid- western college where movies, open to the general public, were run each week-end in the gymnasium. The pro- jectors consisted of a pair of used Powers, with hand-fed AC arcs ener- gized bv one Bell and Howell com- pensator. (One arc had to be turned off as the other was struck, a pro- cedure which gave a nice fading ef- fect on changeovers. The "projection room"' which was located at and partially over the edge of a small gallery at one side of the gymnasium, was an asbestos board enclosure with holes sawed out. more or less rectangular in shape, for pro- jection and observation. Drop fire-shutters were conspicu- ous bv their absence. "Ventilation" was provided by the simple expedi- ent of leaving the door open so that "fresh" air from the audience would flow in through the open ports. Now this little incident that I am about to recount couldn't possibly have happened had it not been for a series of existing conditions to all intents and purposes completely un- related. (Note: Those of the young- er generation who never ran a Pow- ers projector will either have to use the imagination or refer to the early editions of Richardson's Handbook of Projection to visualize some of the action. ) Here, then, were the existing conditions: 1. There was no glass in the ports. 2. There was a shelf extending from just below the mechanism of each projector to the bottom of its port, forming a convenient place for tools, oil can, etc.. but when the ensuing events took place there was ■Just try to scratch or destroy the harder than glass front coating of a TUFCOLD FLAKE AND PEEL-PROOF FIRST SURFACE COLD REFLECTOR —then you'll see why it's Guaranteed 2 Years -TWICE AS LONG against coating deterioration Replace uour old reflect or 4 now nothing on the shelf of the right- hand projector. 3. The Powers mechanism ( we oldsters will recall I had two remov- able plates on the front. One carried the lens mount, and a smaller one below bore the patent information. I had removed the latter to facilitate cleaning inside the mechanism. 4. The Powers mechanism had a "loop-setter." Again, for the younger generation, let me explain that this device consisted of a roller between the intermittent and take-up sproc- kets around and clearing which the lower film loop was formed. If the lower loop became lost, the tighten- ing of the film lifted the roller which in turn threw the take-up sprocket out of gear until a new loop formed. The re-forming loop permitted the roller to drop back to its normal position thus starting the take-up sprocket again. "The whole train of operation is automatic — its results instantaneous." ( Richardson's 4th Edition Handbook of Projection, page 649, Instruction No. 40.) Now for the action. One evening when the first show was well along and I was threading the left projec- tor, an unearthly scream sounded from the audience. I thought little of this, however, since the feature was a mystery melodrama and there was a large sprinkling of youngsters in the audience. But all of a sudden an usher rushed into the booth shout- ing: "Stop the show, quick!" Not being unduly excitable I asked him: "How Come?," since I had a good picture on the screen and the ma- chinery sounded normal. He got as far as: "A woman . . ." when an- other scream hit the air. Coin- cidently my eye caught a strip of film gliding snake-like from the open mechanism of the right-hand pro- jector along my empty tool-shelf and out the open port. Instantly I flipped the dowser, shut off the motor, and rushed out to the edge of the gallery and looked over. By this time the house lights had been turned on and all eyes were focused on two dear old ladies who were sitting under the gallery just below the right-hand projector port. They were petrified with fright, with \ irtually a hundred feet of nitrate film entwined about their necks and arms with more draped over their laps and on down around the floor! I rushed down and extricated the ladies, tried to calm them down, apologized for the annoyance, clean- ed up the film and then went back upstairs to see what had actually happened. Then I discovered that the loop-setter had been activated and then become stuck, thus immobiliz- International Projectionist July, 1963 ing the take-up sprocket while per- mitting the film to run off the inter- mittent sprocket, and. because of the shelf, the lack of a front plate, and the open port, to continue on out and downward. This was one occasion when two members of an audience certainly go/ the feel of the picture. Dm. C. Blanchard Department of Audio Visual Education Claremont Graduate School Claremont, California There are lots of old-tirners in the projection game that had experi- ences such as this, and we think it's pleasant reading about them. We thank Mr. Blanchard and offer this column for others' reminiscences. Ed. iP Spirit of 1-7-7-6 At 25-30 Club The Spirit of 76 prevailed at the final meeting of the summer for the 25-30 Club at the Hotel Claridge in New York. Good will toward all was the keynote of the speeches, short and inspiring. To an assemblage well aware of a troubled world, the speakers stressed their gratitude to the projectionists for a minimum of labor, health and political worries. "For this we should be thankful." declared president William C. Anderson. Abraham Kalmus. returning from a world-tour of camera wonders, was honored. His work was looked upon as a credit to all. Little else to do by way of appreciation but for Abe and Bea Kalmus to throw a party, which they did. As Morris J. Rotker pointed out, "It does us all good to see the smiling faces of the boys as they entered this room." "How much better it is to hear the wisecracks our members heard on the way to the meeting than sly digs and unpleasant rumors." added Mr. Rotker. the recording secretary. And in good humor the champ moocher, name kept secret, who bor- rows cigarettes. brought hearty laughter. All but the man's name was revealed, although it didn't mean anything because his theatre' was mentioned and his own laughter was loudest. The second Thursday in January, 1%4, was avowed for the announced big annual event at a New York hotel. iP IA Takes Firm Stand On Uninspected Film The following letter has been sent to all IATSE Operators and Mixed locals. Film Exchanges, General Managers and the Minister of Travel Publicity for the Province of On- tario in Canada bv the International vice president A. L. Pat Travers in his capacity as business manager of Toronto Operators Local 173: "The condition of film being shipped to theatres has. over the past years, become progressively worse. This is understandable, as the in- specting personnel has been reduced considerably. "Appeals to the distributors, while being recognized, have not produced the desired results. The director, Theatres Branch, has apparently withdrawn from film exchange su- pervision, which has certainly not helped. "The projectionist, usually work- ing alone since the reduction of booth personnel, and with ever in- creasing responsibilities, does not have the time to repair film which should be received in good condition from the supplier. "A motion has therefore been passed by Focal 173. Toronto Mo- tion Picture Projectionists Union, at a regular meeting: 'That film will be run as received from the exchange or repaired on an overtime hourly basis charged to the theatre.' This rule will become effective at once." iP Strong Electric Has New Brochure on Rectifier Models, Uses A new brochure on rectifiers for use as powrer supply for projection arc lamps has been made available by The Strong Electric Corp. Featured is the Bi-Powr silicon stack transformer- rectifier for use with two lamps, now available in four ratings: 60-85 ampere /35-45 volts, 75-105 ampere 7 48-61 volts, 90-135 ampere / 56-70 volts, and 120-160 ampere / 58-75 volts. The Bi-Powr employs two silicon stack assemblies, one for each out- put. The life expectancy is greatly lengthened due to the fact that there is no "aging" of the elements. Since there is no aging, there can be no un- balance in the units, and hence, no flicker on the screen caused by un- balance in power supply. A copy of the brochure will be sent to anyone addressing a request to the Strong Electric Corp., 31 City Park Avenue. Toledo 1. Ohio. iP There's Plenty for You At CENTURY! . . and from CENTURY only dramatic, New ALL TRANSISTOR sound systems *True high-fidelity, distortion free. *Low installation cost, minimum space needs. Increased reliability, less maintenance. No vacuum tubes, no photoelectric cells. *and the only American-made 70 mm 35 theatre projection systems SEE YOUR CENTURY DEALER . . . for bigger, brighter projection. CENTURY PROJECTOR CORP. New York 19, N. Y. International Projectionist July, 1963 Specialists in Light Projection CARBONS, >nc. through division PRESENT THEIR NEW DIVISION for LAMPHOUSES & POWER SUPPLIES employing the compact Zenon Arc! featuring ^/LeTRO-N LAMPHOUSES by Cimeneccanica of Milan, Italy, leading motion picture equipment mfgrs. yLxTJZOJPf POWER SUPPLIES by Christie Electric Corp., makers of the finest power supply units. XeTRON Lampnouse with 450 watt bulb. Equip- ped with 5" reflector and diffuser. Replaces 750^ 1,000 watt incandescent lamps and provides three times the light flow with Kelvin temperature, similar to hi intensity carbon arc. XeTRON 1600/2500 Lamphouse c.mplete with associated optics, hear transmitting, hard, front- ccated 16" reflector, auxiliary mirrors and starting devices. XeTRON Silicon Power Supply by Christie Electric Corp. \ theatre supply deal- er- in all parts of the U. S. In fact, installations of the new Model \\ll 70 35"s are in process in Pittsburgh, I'a.: Portland. Oregon: San Juan. Puerto Rico and Poughkeepsie. !Y Y. In a joint announcement from Niels lu' en. general manager of Norelcos motion picture equipment division, and Fred Pfeiff, technical manager, it was stated that more than 1 <"> impor- tant technical improvements have be 'ii incorporated into the equipment by the famed engineering section of the North American Philips Co. Vmong them are: New dual split 70 35 magazine shafts which elimin- ates need for theatres to purchase special 35mm reels with 70mm flanges: new non-glare plexiglass observation window in projector door: new threading guards on mag- netic shield and idler roller: new im- proved intermittent assembly: new oil vapor leak protection: new dowser assembly: simplified built-in water cooling circuit: heavier main drive gear set: new single motor drive; new 2-speed clutch : new reduced tor- que motor: new 4-pole motor start contactor: optional optical pre-ampli- I INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST J fier: new easy installation lower compartment door: new cast alumin- um lamphouse bracket with adjust- able slide for easy alignment of lamp: new spiral gear take-up drive; new graphite impregnated nylon idler and pad rollers: and a pre-wired magnetic cluster block. The increasing amount of 70mm product in release and in production, plus exceptionally large boxoffice grosses these pictures have experien- ced, heralds a bright future for 70mm projection. Norelco states. With over 150 theatres in the U. S.. and some 300 others throughout the world equipped with Norelco 70 35"s. Nor- elco's experience in this field is ex- tensive. In Vpril of this year, the •Vcadenn of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences presented a special award for outstanding technical achievement to the North American Philips Corn- pan) for the design and engineering of the Norelco Universal 70 35mm motion picture projector. I See story. I Previous Projector Wins Academy Award The Norelco Universal 70 35 mm. projector received one of the special awards from the Aeadeim of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences in recogni- tion of outstanding technical achieve- ment for the showing of the newer wide gauge films. It is the first such award in the projection field since 1059. Accepting a plaque for the North American Philips Co. was Fred J. Pfeiff. technical manager of the motion picture equipment depart- ment of the firm. Mr. Pfeiff has been closely associated with the develop- ment of the 70/35 mm. projection system since it first became available in 1055. Originally designed and developed through the joint efforts of the American Optical Co. and Philips, this projector introduced the 70 mm. Todd-AO process — a 1957 Academy Award winner — into movie theatres. Jan Kotte of Norelco is to be commended as the original de- signer of this equipment. Today there are more than 450 installations of the Norelco Universal 70/35 Projector in 35 states, Can- ada and other countries. In receiving the award, Mr. Pfeiff stressed that motion picture audi- uly, 1963 ences the world over are enjoying greater clarity and better quality of screen images with less eye strain, thanks to the wider films and the award-winning Norelco projection equipment. And there are important benefits to the exhibitor, Pfeiff pointed out. explaining that a single 70 mm. print has been played for as many as 1600 runs, film damage is greatly reduced, and the Norelco 70/35 projector may be converted in minutes for either 70 mm. or 35 mm. operation, providing the theatre owner with greater ver- satility in presenting the latest films. North American Philips Company. Inc. also produces the new Norelco 25 mm. Pulse-Lite shutterless pro- jector for smaller theatres, a 35 mm. projector for arc lamp operation, as well as professional l<> mm. equip- ment. Built primarily for 70 mm. with the added convenience of 35 mm., the Norelco Universal 70/35 pro- jector enables audiences to see easily the tiniest photographic details in such current films as "Lawrence of Arabia", "Mutiny on the Bounty". '"Cleopatra", and many more now in production. iIB NORELCO Wins Academy Award — Fred J. Pfeiff, technical manager of the motion picture equipment department of Norelco, proudly holds award re- ceived at the 35th Annual Academy Awards. The Technical Award was presented to Mr. Pfeiff for his firm's development of the Norelco Universal 70/35 mm. projector, an innovation in the showing of wide gauge films. 11 HEYER-SHULTZ UNBREAKABLE METAL REFLECTORS TOP SCREEN ILLUMINATION WILL NOT PIT OR TARNISH 5 YEAR GUARANTEE FACTORY REFINISHING SERVICE S«e TOUr Manufactured by TAeOfre Supp/y Deafer HEYER-SHULTZ, IllC. Cetfar Grove, N. J. How electrical noise is produced . . . calculated . . • measured . . . controlled Here are the basic facts about electrical noise — how it originates in circuits . . . what terms describe it . . . how to measure it . . . how to design circuits to minimize its undesirable effects. The physical nature of the various sources of noise are clearly de- scribed, including such sources as thermal agitation or resistance noise . . . shot noise in vacuum tubes and semiconductor junctions . . . noise from spontaneous emission of electromagnetic radiation . . . and noise in gas discharges. This practical book also explains auxiliary mathematical techniques, and discusses the relation of signal and noise in various types of communication systems. For ease in use, the simple tuned circuit associated with a device for measuring average power is made the basic tool for analyzing noise. ELECTRICAL 270 pages, 6x9 105 illustration* $10.00 By WILLIAM R. BENNETT Data Communications Consultant, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Each chapter in this helpful book begins in a simple, practical manner and works toward more complicated examples. For example, prop- erties of thermal noise and its relation to black- body radiation are deduced from basic laws of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. You also will find a clear treatment of elemen- tary quantum mechanics in discussions of the maser and of noise in semiconductors. And, in describing noise properties of various devices, the book fills in your working background with basic facts on junction diodes — transistors — gas discharge tubes— klystrons— traveling wave amplifiers— and others. Both independent and dependent noise sources are analyzed. In addition to the standard theory of noise figure and its significance, a treatment is given of the more comprehensive Haus-Adler theory of noise measure. Throughout, the book stresses the universality of noise-like phenomena. Noise formulas for diodes and transistors; noise gen- eration to meet specifications; design of ampli- fiers for minimum noise effects— these and many other topics "are covered. A comprehensive re- view of noise in the various methods of signal transmission such as amplitude modulation . . . frequency modulation . . . and the different lands of pulse modulation is included. 12 CONTENTS 1. General Properties of Noise 2. Thermal Noise 3. Distribution of Magnitudes in Noise Sources 4. Noise in Vacuum Tubes 5. Noise in Semiconductors 6. Noise in Electromagnetic Radiation 7. Noise-generating Equipment 8. Noise Measurements and Techniques 9. Design of Low-noise Equipment 10. Application of Fourier Analysis to Noise Problems 11. Noise in Communication Systems INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 6174 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Please send me a copy of "Electrical Noise" by William R. Bennett. (I enclose $10.00.) Name Address City & State Ibigawa Theatre Carbons Introduced To U.S. Market NEW YORK— Projection carbons which have been in use in Japan and internationally for many years have been introduced to the U. S. market through the import agents here, Nosawa & Co., Ltd., 180 Madison Ave., New York 16, N. Y. Telephone is LE 2-1198. Produced by the Ibigawa Electric Industry Co., Ltd., Ogaki, Japan, the Ibigawa carbons are said to provide brilliance, steadiness and correct color balance, thus affording excellent projection light with economy. High intensity AC and DC carbons are available, the latter in non-rotating or rotating positive type. Brochures from the agents here describe trims and lengths available. Carbons for spotlight and studio lamps are also available. Ibigawa cinema carbons were granted the Ohkouchi commemorative award in 1958 because of the produc- tion methods used. iP SPECIAL RATES On group subscriptions to IP for IATSE Locals and audio - visual groups. Write for details. GIVE UP? — If you like guessing games, we'll give you three tries at identifying these weird-looking tri- angles. Or if you give up easily, as we do, here's the answer — they are pyro- metric cones used for telling exactly when a batch of motion picture projec- tor carbons is ready to leave the oven after the baking cycle. They are but one of the quality control techniques used by National Carbon Co., division of Union Carbide Corp., to produce projector carbons that provide motion picture audiences with today's finest screen light. Two of the heat-sensitive cones are placed in every baking fur- nace, and when one is leaning and one sagging, as shown, the proper tempera- ture has been reached and the projector carbons are removed for further pro- "~ cessing. International Projectionist July, 1963 New \ oik — The Baronet and the Coronet Theatres occupy a single building on Third Ave. at 59th St. Both theatres share a facade which rises to a height of 68 ft., but they have different en- trances at street level. The cost was $1,500,000 when the Walter Reade- Sterling Group remodeled the Baronet and put a tw in theatre above it. Instead of entrance doors the Coronet has an "air curtain" which gives an unobstructed view of the vestibule and lobby. Through the marquee soffit warm air is blown at high velocity, passing continuously, to form an air barrier to prevent the infiltration of cold air in the wintertime. The Coronet's seating capacity is 598, larger than the Baronet which has 118 scats. The Coronet is equipped with Centur) 35mm projectors with \>hcraft Cinex lamps. Century's transistorized sound system, Ashcraft rectifiers and stereophonic surround horns. The facade of the twin theatres. The upper wall is faced in wide alternate stripes of black and white. CAMERA VIEWS OF THE PIGGY- BACK CORONET / estibule u ith steps to the Coro- net's lobby and gallery. Coronet lobby with its escalator leading to the auditorium, features the Proscenium Gallery where paintings and sculptures are exhibited and sold. The Coronet's auditorium, like its tivin, the Baronet, is a stadium-type theatre. Walls are blue perforated aluminum. The curtain is gold and blue. International Projectionist July, 1963 Rear view of the auditorium, show- ing the projection room. 13 New York's Festival Theatre So Luxurious It Includes Private Art Gallery Showman Joseph E. Levine cele- brated "New York is a Summer Festi- val" by opening his new Festival Theatre. 57th St.. just west of Fifth Ave., recently with Federico Fellini's "S1/)" as the inaugural attraction. Built in the former location of the Milgrim store, the Festival Theatre will hold just under 600 seats. De- scribed as the most luxurious of inti- PROJECTIONISTS PREFER ETHYLOID Film Cement- For BEST RESULTS Available from Supply dealers FISHER MFG. CO. 1185 Mr. Read Blvd. Rochester, N.Y. ASHCRAFT equipment Available from leading theatre supply dealers North American Philips Co., Inc. Motion Picture Equipment Division 100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, N.Y. mate cinemas in New York, it boasts the largest, most elaborate lounge space of any East Side theatre. In addition to an upstairs gallery lounge with windows facing 57th Street, the theatre will have a downstairs coffee lounge running the entire length of the building. Designer of the Festival Theatre is Simon B. Zelnik, New York architect. A unique marquee fronts the new cinema. Blending in with the rich- flowing architecture of the existing building will be a flower-box arrange- ment, projecting from the building SUPPLIERS FOR FESTIVAL THEATRE Architect Simon B. Zelnik Steel Work . . Irvington Steel & Iron Consulting Engineer .... Strobel & Rongved General Contractor lenkin Con- tracting Co. Electrical Charles Hyman Heating & Air Cond. . . Weathermatic Corp. Acoustical Work . . Jacobson & Co. Inc. Seating Joe Hornstein Inc. Sign .... Interstate Neon Sign Co. Terrazzo V. Foscato, Inc. Plumbing . . L. Parhman & Sons. Inc. Store Front E. K. Anderton Decorator . . Mrs. Ellen McCluskey above the lobby entrance, made of a new material. Duranodic aluminum, providing fixed. weather-proofed metallic colors. The facade will also be of colored Duranodic aluminum. Byzantine glass mosaics and etched terrazzo will grace the lobbv area, inside. The two lounges, with decor designed to enhance the living-room comfort of patrons, will be an inte- grated part of the theatre's architec- ture. Featured in the downstairs lounge will be two separate areas, decorated respectively in French and Italian motifs. Special areas in the lounges will be devoted to coffee bars, picture galleries, and seating. The Festival Theatre will be located Projection equipment in booth of Festival Theatre. at the apex of the exclusive depart- ment-store, office-building and resi- dential area uptown. According to Zelnik. a veritable engineering "miracle" was required to transform the store space into a cinema. Six supporting columns were removed from the structure and re- placed with transverse beams, without occasioning any settlement in the stories above. Paintings covering a span of five centuries and representing a value in excess of $100,000 are on display in the lounge. Front of Festival Theatre, 6 West 57th St., New York City. BRIGHTER LIGHT LONGER BURNING SHARPER PICTURE Free Test Samples PHV**w Tn»»'iiii»» wuUtteWk(2antf>t 1 1 1 i — precaution is to prevent cracking ami explosive destruction of the bulb from the chilling effects of drafts. For tin- same reason, the ventilating system must be arranged so that down-drafts cannot force their \\a\ into the lamphouse. The ventilating requirements of the xenon lamp are modest, inasmuch as the xenon bulb, unlike a carbon arc. generates no gases to be expelled. Once a xenon lamp has been connected to a suitable rectifier, power-suppl) problem- seldom arise. There are no electro-mechanical feed mechanisms to go wrong. The quench spark gap of the high-voltage igniter unit maj need adjustment or replacement after long periods of use, but there are no moving parts in the xenon lamp aside from the expected mirror-adjusting controls. No lubri- cation of the lamp is needed. There are no carbon-core ashes to soil the lamphouse. hence cleaning is an excep- tional eas) chore. The large main reflector and the small auxiliary mirror ordinarily require no cleaning beyond a fortnightly wiping with a clean, soft, dry cloth. Adjustment of Mirrors Detailed instructions for "lining up" 900-, 160U-. and | 2500-watt xenon lamps are given in the Strong operating manuals for these lamps. Initial alignment of the xenon lamphouse is best accomplished with the aid of a special aligning tool supplied by the lamp manufacturer. The three control knobs for the main reflector are | located on the operating side of the lamphouse at the ' rear: the three for the auxiliary reflector are at the front of the lamphouse. So critical is the adjustment of the auxiliary mirror that its controls should be locked in place once the adjustment has been made. The large main reflector is adjusted first. To prevent the appearance of confusing patterns of light on the screen, the optical effect of the auxiliary mirror is eliminated bv mo\ ing this smaller mirror toward the front of the lamphouse. The xenon bulb is switched on and the light centered on the screen with the main-mirror horizontal and vertical adjusting knobs, then focused with the focus knob to obtain the smallest "V" pattern of light. After this is done, the auxiliary mirror is returned to its normal posi- tion, and its optical adjustment effected bv means of the horizontal, vertical, and focus knobs for this mirror, as described below. Optical adjustment of the auxiliar) mirror is very critical and must be performed with great care. The horizontal and vertical controls are adjusted until the bright "cathode spots" are aligned vertically, one above the other, on the imager screen in the side door of the lamphouse. The two bright spots should be about 1/8 inch apart on this little screen, and care should be taken not to focus the bright spot of the cathode directly upon the tip of the anode. To do so will overheat the anode and harm the xenon bulb. This done, further adjustments ol the auxiliary mirror are made bv observing the projected light on the theatre screen. After giving a finishing touch to the auxiliary- mirror horizontal adjustment, if nccessarv. the auxiliary- mirror focus knob is adjusted to obtain the brightest pal- tern of light on the screen. This will be superimposed upon the "V" pattern formed bv the main reflector. To "disentangle" the two patterns, it is advisable to run through the focal position of the auxiliar) mirror a lew limes before a fine adjustment is made. \lter these patterns of light from the main and auxili- ary reflectors are obtained, the last step in the adjust- ment of the reflectors is to turn the auxiliary-reflector focus knob one-half turn to the right, and the main- reflector focus knob two turns to the right — that is to say. in a clockwise direction. This will then provide a screen light of utmost uniformity, and all is in readiness for the projection of pictures. Pushbutton Starting \etual operation of the xenon lamp is simplicitv itself. There are two switches directlv beneath the three main- reflector adjusting knobs. One is the rectifier-relay ON — OKI switch for the power. This is turned on first. Then the igniter button is pressed [or not more than half a second. There will be a distinct buzzing sound, and the xenon bulb will light up. What could be easier? Because of the slow evaporation of tungsten from the hot electrodes, the quartz envelope of a xenon bulb gradu- ally darkens — just the same as with an ordinary tungsten- filament mazda lamp. To maintain a constant high light output, therefore, the current is graduallv increased by small increments at the rectifier. When the current has been boosted to a stated maximal value, after many months or even a year or so of service, the bulb must be replaced. Too high a current destroys the tip of the tungsten cathode and dangerously increases the pressure of the gas inside the bulb. Xenon lamp equipments manufactured by the Strong Electric Corp. have a running-time meter which shows the time in hours that the xenon bulb has been burned. The running-time meter is conveniently located on the back of the lamphouse beside an ammeter which shows at what current the lamp is operating. Imbalance in the light outputs of xenon-equipped pro- jectors is corrected by increasing the current of the dim- mer lamp, decreasing the current of the brighter lamp, or by a combination of both measures. All things considered, the xenon lamp is a welcome boon to projection in theatres which formerly found the smaller simplified high-intensity carbon arcs adequate for satisfactory screen brightness. It is designed to produce an ideal light for motion-picture projection and to provide long periods of service with an absolute minimum of attention. iP International Projectionist July, 1963 17 Another Wide-Screen Process - - Now It's "Dimension 750" Todd-AO and Dimension 150 have combined forces to furnish motion picture producers with all of the finest features of wide screen motion picture processes according to an announcement from George P. Skouras, president of the Todd-AO Corp. and Dr. R. Vetter and Profes- sor Carl Williams, developers of the new Dimension 150 process. Dimension 150 was developed by Dr. Vetter and Professor Williams, members of the faculty of the Uni- versity of California at Los Angeles as a process that requires the use of only one camera and can be pro- jected with a single projector on all screens, including the most deeply curved screen, without distortion. The Dimension 150 system in- cludes the use of numerous wide angle lens up to a 150-degree bugeye lens which will give producers the widest camera range ever developed in the history of motion picture- making. In addition, pictures produced in Todd-AO or Dimension 150 will of- fer to producers and exhibitors the facility and flexibility of presenta- tion without incurring conversion costs in theatres currently equipped for 70 mm. projection on deeply curved screens used in several exist- ing processes. Dr. Vetter and Professor Williams, who specialize in audio-visual educa- tion at UCLA, have concluded the development of Dimension 150 and have patents pending on the process. Arrangements are being made to present the process and demonstrate its possibilities, flexibility and eco- nomics to members of the motion picture industry within the near future. Negotiations have been concluded with Louis de Rochemont for the production of three films in Dimen- sion 150, one of which will be "All The World's A Stage," a large-scale spectacle-drama based on the real life of a famous Broadway-Hollywood personality. iP New Strong Rectifier Operates 2 Arc Lamps From Single Supply One of the first installations of the new Strong Bi-Powr silicon stack rectifier is that of the Astro Theatre. Omaha, Nebr., shown with Richard Smith operating. This new type recti fier was developed for the operation of two projection arc lamps off oi a single power supply. It employs two silicon stack assemblies, one for each output. The life expectancy of the equipment is greatly lengthened due to the fact that there is "no aging." Hence there can be no unbalance in the units and no flicker on the screen caused by unbalance in power supply. The Bi-Powr is designed for opera- tion on 220V 50/60 cycle three phase AC and is available in four ratings: /6i vttL T>) INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST 1 Post Office Box 6174 VWW^MK Jf Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Enter my □ 1 year (12) issues — $3.00 subscription for □ 2 years (24) issues — $5.00 FOREIGN: Add $1.00 per year Nan ie Add ress City Zone State 60-85/ 60-85 ampere/ 35-45 volts: 75-105/ 75-105 ampere/ 48-61 volts; 90-135/ 90-135 ampere/ 56-70 volts; and 120-160 120-160 ampere/ 58-75 volts. A novel "Lo-Strike" feature associ- ated with each output on the 90-135 and 120-160 ampere models protects the silicon stacks from overload and prevents the destruction of the carbon crater upon striking the arc. An ex- clusive automatic reset permits im- mediate restriking in the event that the arc is not established on first strike. Literature may be obtained by addressing the Strong Electric Corp., 31 City Park Ave., Toledo 1, Ohio. iP Christie Electric Features New Xenon Power Supplies Christie Electric Corp. is featuring a new line of xenon arc lamp power supplies, said to be ideally suited for such applications as solar simulators, data display systems, flight simulators and star tracking systems. These extremely versatile units may be used equally well with xenon or mercury xenon lamps (inset) and fea- ture automatic current regulation and 18 extremely low current ripple. Each unit is designed to work with two or more lamp sizes. Output character- istic may be adjusted for operation of all lamps. Further information may be obtain- ed by writing Christie Electric Corp.. 3410 W. 67th St., Los Angeles 43, | Calif. iP International Projectionist July, 1963 » AUTHORITATIVE » COMPREHENSIVE » PRACTICAL Acclaimed by leading technicians in the industry as the most comprehen- sive and down-to-earth handbook pub- lished to date on the subject of motion picture projection. Ideally suited for study and reference by your opera- tors. ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION HANDY 5'/2" X S'V SIZE 450 PAGES ILLU STRATED CROSS INDEXED FOR EASY REFERENCE * Here is one of the most help- ful works ever published for the motion picture projection- ist. A handsomely bound and profusely illustrated compila- tion of the BEST of the Robert A. Mitchell articles that have appeared in "International Pro jectionis t," revised, brought up to date. * The author covers clearly and thoroughly every aspect of motion picture projection, pre- senting his material in easily understood language — not too technical, yet technically ac- curate. The Manual is divided in 8 sections and contains 30 chapters — a valuable refer- ence work no progressive pro- jectionist should be without. ! SECTION HEADINGS (1) Film: (2) The Projector: (3) Projection-Optics, Screens; (4) The Arc Lamp; (5) General Projection Practice; (6) Motors, Generators, and Rectifiers; (7) Sound Reproduction Systems; (8) Projection of Color and 3-D Films, Formulas. ORDER YOUR COPY TODAY * USE THIS HANDY FORM INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Post Office Box 61 74 Minneapolis 24, Minnesota Gentlemen: please send me copy (copies) of ROBERT A. MITCHELL'S MANUAL OF PRACTICAL PROJECTION. Enclosed is my check (or money-order) for $ NAME ... ADDRESS CITY ZONE STATE NEW PRICE $"700 7 per copy including postage *r A/oreft presenting the NEW /VOretCOAA U UNIVERSAL 70/35 Leave it to famed Norelco engineering to take a projector that has just received an Academy Award for design and en- gineering . . . and improve it! That's right. ..the new Norelco AAH 70/35 projector has 18 major technical improvements including: new dual-split maga- zine shafts that eliminate need for special 35mm reels with 70mm flanges; new intermittent assembly; new single motor dual drive; new adjustable lamphouse bracket for moving lamp without realignment; new threading guards; new oil vapor leak protection; new reduced torque motor; and others. Most of today's top boxoffice attractions are 70mm releases. Even more are coming. By equipping with Norelco AAH 70/35's you'll be able to show them in all their spectacular brilliance and cash in on their tremendous drawing power. What's more, in a quick 4-minute changeover, you also have the most modern, rugged and trouble-free 35mm mechanism! No matter how you look at it... for today and tomorrow, Norelco AA n 70/35 projectors are your wisest investment. Get all the facts from your theatre supply dealer or write Norelco today. The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences presented this award for outstanding achievement to the North American Philips Company for the design and engineering of the Norelco Universal 70/35mm motion picture projector. ®REG. UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE BY NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY, INC. NORELCO IS KNOWN AS PHILIPS IN CANADA. 100 E. 42nd Street, New York, N.Y. • Phone: 212-OX 7-3600 I INTERNATIONAL /I J \ During the National Carbon tour, the Star-Lite Drive-In in Fostoria, Ohio, owned by Virgil P. Fau, was visited. Left to right in the booth are Phil H. Freeman, sales manager for arc carbon products, National Carbon Co. division of Union Carbide Corp.; E. A. Bowen, local sales manager for the division; Carl E. Short, local 267 IATSE, Tiffin, Ohio, and J. W. (Bill) Cosby, marketing manager for arc carbon products. Story begins on page 8. Library of Congress Order Division (o368X) Washington 25, D.C. AUGUST VOLUME 38 40c A COPY 1963 NUMBER 8 $3.00 A YEAR Investment Opportunity The hand holding the hammer will someday make products for you. Long years of training will have to go into making those chubby fingers productive. Much care, much love, much planning and money. But no matter how lean and hard and skillful they become, it will signify little if the fruits of their skill are produced in anything but a free society. You have an investment in those hands. To protect your investment, you can join with other leading Amer- ican businessmen to promote the Treasury's Payroll Savings Plan for United States Savings Bonds. The Treasury Department's Plan works for soundness in our economy, strength in our defenses, and thriftiness and self-reliance in our thinking. When you bring the Payroll Savings Plan into your plant — when you encourage your employees to enroll — you are investing in the hands of tomorrow's tool makers and tool users. You are investing in America's next generation of machine operators, mechanics, metal workers — in all of America's skilled labor force. You are investing in America's future. In freedom itself. Don't pass this investment opportunity by. Call your State Savings Bonds Director. Or write today to the Treasury Department, U.S. Savings Bonds Division, Washington 25, D.C. in your plant... promote the PAYROLL SAVINGS PLAN for U.S. SAVINGS BONDS f|| '""corf The U. S. Government does not pay for this advertisement. The Treasury Department thanks, for their patriotism, The Advertising Council and this magazine. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST Including a special Audio-Visual section relat- ing to the operation and maintenance of A-V equipment in the educational and industrial fields. Volume 38 August 1963 No. 8 FRANK W. COOLEY, JR. Editor and Publisher RAY GALLO Executive Publisher AL BLOOM Managing Editor TOM KENNEDY Equipment Editor RAY GALLO ASSOCIATES National Advertising Representatives 545 Fifth Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. Telephone Murrayhill 7-7746 (Area Code 212) IN THIS ISSUE Film Shrinkage, Frame Registration 4 By ROBERT A. MITCHELL National Carbon Tour 8 History of the Carbon 8 Screen Design Developments 17 News Notes — Technical Hints — Miscellaneous Notes INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST, published monthly by the International Projectionist Publishing Co. division of The Northern Publishing Co., Post Office Box 6174, Minneapo'is 24, Minnesota. Editorial offices, 1645 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis 3, Minn. Subscription Representatives: AUS- TRALIA — McGills, 183 Elizabeth St., Melbourne; NEW ZEALAND — Wixon's, Ltd., 64 Courtnay Place, Wellington; ENGLAND and ELSEWHERE — Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., Macklin St., London, W. C. 2. Subscription Rates: United Stores, Canada, and U. S. Possessions, $3.00 per year (12 issues) and $5.00 for two years (24 issues). Foreign countries: $4.00 per year and $7.00 for two years. Changes of address should be submitted four weeks in advance of publication date to insure receipt of current issue. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minn. INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST as- sumes no responsibility for personal opinions appearing in signed articles, or for unsolicited articles. Entire contents copyrighted 1963 by INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST PUBLISHING CO. MONTHLY CHAT WHY NOT TRY BOOTH SHOWMANSHIP The low dollar volume at the boxoffice in movie the- atres all around the country is the prime worry of the film industr) . The exhibitor says "give 'em a big picture and the public will bin tickets." And that checks out when the movie attraction catches the fancy of the mass public in this country and abroad, for the "big picture" grosses more millions today than ever in the "past. But the men with investments in theatre properties might well ask themselves "what are we doing about the situation of complete dependence on the people who make films?" IP would like to suggest that the theatre owner would give a try at Booth Showmanship. Since its pretty plain that there are millions of people who attend the movies infrequent!) (for instance when the "big picture" comes along) and certainl) not for the reason that they don't have the admission price — according to Wash- ington the income is at an all-time high. Booth Showmanship is a good presentation of all pic- tures the theatre presents to the patrons. A picture that is bright from margin to margin of the bigger screens. The booth craftsmen's skill is at an all-time high and is capable of Booth Showmanship if onl\ the theatre owner would give him a chance with the modern tools ol his craft. Available are high standard projectors, sound sys- tems, light sources, power converters and necessary booth accessories W ilh man) theatres in deplorable out-moded and well-worn projection equipment many industry men place the blame mi the low-dollar \olume at disappoint- ing grosses of good pictures, not necessarily with the automatic drawing-power, right at the theatre whose projection equipment is not up to modern standard and whose unattractive surroundings don't invite the public to the patrons of the house. To meet present-day standards all pictures, even the new -reel presented at movie theatres should be bright, with good distribution, and color rendition. Mam a theatre has too large screens for the light source being used. This stems from the neglect when the theatre put in a large screen without stepping up the light source. There are cases when screen area was more than doubled using existing lamps. Naturally, the screen illumination was reduced radically, the projectionists, the patrons of the house, noted the dimness when they saw a black and white film especialh. when the low-key and night scenes, with color film dim at the margins. The equipment dealer is the best source for the the- atre owner to get good advice to upgrading, at minimum cost, his booth equipment. According to informed equipment men. more than M'' of the arc lamps in theatres in this country are more than 20 years old. And the projector manufactur- ers say the same thing holds for projectors. During the last decade a lot of improvements in techniques have gone into the motion picture, particu- larly by the equipment manufacturers and the film makers. For all of the know-how of the production men, with their costly pictures, not every film attraction turns (Please turn to page 18) International Projectionist August, 7963 Volume 38 August, 1963 Number 8 FILM SHRINKAGE AND FRAME REGISTRATION By ROBERT A. MITCHELL Improvement in the rocksteadiness of theatre motion pictures during the past few decades is due in great measure to improvements in the aging characteristics of the film, itself. Other refinements in the art which have exerted a decidedly beneficial effect upon the quality of professional projection include more accurate camera and projector intermittents, improvements in film processing and print- ing, the use of film stock perforated by the manufacturer instead of by the studios and laboratories, and a better understanding of optimum storage conditions for all the different types of film stock in use. As far as theatre-release positive film stock is con- cerned, the substitution of high-acetyl acetate safety film for the relatively unstable and dangerous nitrate film formerly used has been a significant factor because of the relatively low and comparatively uniform shrinkage of triacetate base. The film shrinkage problem still exists, of course, be- cause all known cellulose-ester plastic materials shrink to some extent with time and upon exposure to varying conditions of heat and moisture. The film processer wor- ries about the difficulties resulting from the stretching and shrinking of film in his developing and drying ma- chines. The special-effects man is concerned about the rocksteady superposition of mask films. The color lab technician is likewise concerned with the registration of his three color separations, and in black-and-white work with the bad effects resulting from negative shrinkage. And the projectionist has anxieties of his own: variations in the normal shrinkage of the positive print films he projects will cause unsteadiness of the pictures on the screen. Film is Perforated Accurately Assuming that all camera, printer, and projector units are correctly designed and maintained in top-notch op- erating condition, the accuracy with which the succeed- ing frames of a film are registered, one after another, is determined by the accuracy of the perforations punched in the margins of the film. Shrinkage of the film stock alters the "pitch," and if the shrinkage is irregular, the accuracy, of the perforations. When film shrinkage disturbs the accuracy of frame registration in printing or projection, the bad effects result directly from ensu- ing inaccuracies in the pitch of the perforations — the distance from the edge of one perforation to the corres- ponding edge of the succeeding one. Film is perforated accurately by the manufacturer, the errors in pitch, if any, being well below the 0.00015- inch tolerance specified by the American standards for perforations in 35-mm motion-picture film stock. This statement probably applies to all the leading brands of film, European as well as American. It would not be an easy job to discover any inac- curacies in the perforating job done by the film manu- facturer, and would be impossible if the film samples had been processed, used, or stored for any length of time. Check-tests on perforation accuracy must be made on unprocessed raw stock immediately after it is per- forated, and under the same conditions of temperature and humidity maintained in the perforating rooms. Such check-tests are made at frequent intervals by the film International Projectionist August, 1963 manufacturer to insure a consistently high quality of product. All film, even triacetate, swells in processing solu- tions and shrinks upon drying. More important, film normally swells when the moisture-content of the air is high, shrinks when it is low. and keeps on shrinking w ith the passage of time. Old or processed film can pro- \ ii U» no clues whatever as to the accuracy of the per- forating process. Nitrate Film Shrank Severely Certain samples of nitrate film of very ancient vintage reveal apparent shrinkages in excess of 1', in length, but we cannot he sure that the films in question really shrank so much — we do not know what the original perforation pitch may have been. But we do know that nitrate film shrank much more badlv than modern triacetate stock, and in a more irregular manner. The irregularity of shrinkage is easily discovered l>\ projection with a mechanism specially modified to increase the length of film between the intermittent sprocket and the projector aperture, inasmuch as shrink- age registration errors add up algebraically, sometimes cancelling one another and sometimes stacking. \- all old-timers in the projection craft remember. nitrate film had undergone considerable improvement since the earliest days of the art. Although triacetate film is better in main ways, nitrate was prettv good stuff at the time acetate supplanted it. After five years of stor- age under good conditions of temperature and relative humidit) I 7!!: F and (>()', Rlli. \ essed positives on the best nitrate stock shrank longitudinal]} about 0.0',. Ordinarv projection use with repeated shipping and storage intervals under diverse conditions un- doubted!) accelerated the shrinkage of nitrate and mav have aggravated irregularities in the rate of shrinkage, but unless very old or much abused in use. nitrate theatre- release prints gave fairlv pood screen results. It is doubtful, however, that the shrinkage character- istics of nitrate release stock would permit this type of film to be used with satisfactory results under modern conditions of high-intensitv widescreen projection, or in large drive-in theatres. For these conditions triacetate stock is preferable. Normal and Low-Shrinkage Acetate Triacetate release-positive film, processed and stored at 7!! F and Oil', KH. shrinks onlv 0.1', in a 5-year period. Continued storage due-- not appear to result in appreciable additional shrinkage. Triacetate negative stock shrinks less than 0.2', after 3 years of storage at 78° and 60', RH: and no further shrinkage normallv occurs. The sharpness of modern color-film prints is largely due to the low shrinkage of triacetate negative, for large and irregu- lar shrinkages in the separation masters, duplicate nega- tives, imbibition positives, etc. might result in mis- registrations which would blur the images. Special low-shrink base may not be quite tough enough to withstand the wear and tear and intense heating of the projection process, but it is now nearly always used for duplicating films as well as for camera negative stock to insure rocksteady photographic images in the final prints. Since there are 16 frames per linear foot of stand- ard 35-mm film, the frame pulldown distance amounts to three-quarters of an inch. And with 4 sprocket holes per frame, the standard perforation pitch must be one- quarter of three-quarters of an inch, namely. 0.1873" between corresponding edges of two adjacent perfora- tions. In actual practice, however, a slightly smaller perforation pitch has been agreed upon and universally used. International Projectionist August, 1963 B&H DH Fig. I — Shapes of film perforations in present-day use. The B & II < Bell & Howell) perforation, oldest of the jour, is the preferred type of perf. for most negative film. It was also universally used for positive stock until the mid-1920's. and continued to be used for Technicolor prints until about 1950. The KS I Kodak standard) rectangular perforation leas devised by J. C. Jones of Eastman Kodak in 1923, and put into use almost at once for release-print stock. The improved Hearing qualities of the KS perf. is due to the roundei/ corners; and the increased height (from 0.073 inch to 0.078 inch) eliminated the mechanical in- terference experienced with B & II perfs. in one make oj projector. The 1)11 ( Dubray-Houell ) perforation was proposed in the eurh I930's to provide a long-life perforation which could be used in precision step-printers designed for B & H perfs. The DH perf. was adopted for color prints in 1 '>!(>. and resembles the KS perf. except for a height corresponding to that of the old B & H perf. The CS (CinemaScope) perforation is a reduced-width version oj the Dll per). The use of CS-perforated prints requires the narrow-tooth sprockets now used almost everywhere. This diagram and notes on perforations suggested by "Pin Registration" by A. C. Robertson, JOURNAL OF THE SMPTE, Feb. 1963. "Long" and "Short" Pitches The regular ■"long*' pitch for the perforations punched in all positive stock and some negative and intermediate-film stocks is 0.1870". A special "short" pitch of 0.1866" is also available for negative films. Short-pitch negative gives optimum results in con- tinuous-type printers having curved exposure gates to compensate for the average amount of negative shrink- age encountered in the days of nitrate film. Although the maximum amount of shrinkage en- countered in triacetate theatre-release prints is not very great, certainly not much greater than about 0.4%, projectionists have sometimes wondered whether this normal shrinkage is deleterious to the quality of the picture on the screen. The answer is definite: it is not harmful in any way and cannot be perceived on the screen so long as the amount of shrinkage, whatever it may be, is uniform. Neither will there be any mechani- cal difficulties in the running of the film. The 0.943" — ■ and 0.945" — diameter intermittent sprockets in general FIG. 2— Evolution of the B&H perf. Old~